FORM 10-Q
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
FORM 10-Q
|
|
|
|
|
|
x
|
|
QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the quarterly period ended
February 23, 2007
|
|
or
|
|
|
|
o
|
|
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the transition
period to
|
Commission File Number:
001-14965
The Goldman Sachs Group,
Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as
specified in its charter)
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
13-4019460
|
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)
|
|
|
|
85 Broad Street, New York,
NY
|
|
10004
|
(Address of principal executive
offices)
|
|
(Zip
Code)
|
(212) 902-1000
(Registrants telephone
number, including area code)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has
filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or
15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has
been subject to such filing requirements for the past
90 days. x Yes o No
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated
filer. See definition of accelerated filer and large
accelerated filer in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated
filer x Accelerated
filer o Non-accelerated
filer o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company
(as defined in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange
Act). o Yes x No
APPLICABLE ONLY
TO CORPORATE ISSUERS
As of March 23, 2007 there were 408,469,518 shares of
the registrants common stock outstanding.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC.
QUARTERLY REPORT
ON
FORM 10-Q
FOR THE FISCAL QUARTER ENDED FEBRUARY 23, 2007
INDEX
1
PART I:
FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 1: Financial
Statements (Unaudited)
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EARNINGS
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Ended
February
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(in millions, except
|
|
|
per share amounts)
|
|
Revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment banking
|
|
$
|
1,716
|
|
|
$
|
1,470
|
|
Trading and principal investments
|
|
|
9,073
|
|
|
|
6,687
|
|
Asset management and securities
services
|
|
|
1,133
|
|
|
|
1,554
|
|
Interest income
|
|
|
10,358
|
|
|
|
7,535
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenues
|
|
|
22,280
|
|
|
|
17,246
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
9,550
|
|
|
|
6,813
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues, net of interest expense
|
|
|
12,730
|
|
|
|
10,433
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation and benefits
|
|
|
6,111
|
|
|
|
5,314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brokerage, clearing, exchange and
distribution fees
|
|
|
551
|
|
|
|
418
|
|
Market development
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
Communications and technology
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
|
124
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
Amortization of identifiable
intangible assets
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
Occupancy
|
|
|
204
|
|
|
|
193
|
|
Professional fees
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
Cost of power generation
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
Other expenses
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-compensation expenses
|
|
|
1,760
|
|
|
|
1,430
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
|
7,871
|
|
|
|
6,744
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax earnings
|
|
|
4,859
|
|
|
|
3,689
|
|
Provision for taxes
|
|
|
1,662
|
|
|
|
1,210
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
3,197
|
|
|
|
2,479
|
|
Preferred stock dividends
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings applicable to common
shareholders
|
|
$
|
3,148
|
|
|
$
|
2,453
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Earnings per common
share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
7.08
|
|
|
$
|
5.36
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
6.67
|
|
|
|
5.08
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends declared and paid per
common share
|
|
$
|
0.35
|
|
|
$
|
0.25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average common shares
outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
444.5
|
|
|
|
457.3
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
471.9
|
|
|
|
483.3
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed
consolidated financial statements.
2
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
February
|
|
November
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(in millions, except
share and per share amounts)
|
|
Assets
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
6,887
|
|
|
$
|
6,293
|
|
Cash and securities segregated for
regulatory and other purposes
|
|
|
78,284
|
|
|
|
80,990
|
|
Receivables from brokers, dealers
and clearing organizations
|
|
|
12,964
|
|
|
|
13,223
|
|
Receivables from customers and
counterparties
|
|
|
96,305
|
|
|
|
79,790
|
|
Collateralized agreements:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities borrowed
|
|
|
241,270
|
|
|
|
219,342
|
|
Financial instruments purchased
under agreements to resell, at fair value
|
|
|
81,886
|
|
|
|
82,126
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial instruments owned, at
fair value
|
|
|
334,232
|
|
|
|
298,563
|
|
Financial instruments owned and
pledged as collateral, at fair value
|
|
|
38,660
|
|
|
|
35,998
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total financial instruments owned,
at fair value
|
|
|
372,892
|
|
|
|
334,561
|
|
Other assets
|
|
|
22,007
|
|
|
|
21,876
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
912,495
|
|
|
$
|
838,201
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities and
shareholders equity
|
Unsecured short-term borrowings,
including the current portion of
unsecured long-term borrowings
|
|
$
|
54,062
|
|
|
$
|
47,904
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Payables to brokers, dealers and
clearing organizations
|
|
|
6,422
|
|
|
|
6,293
|
|
Payables to customers and
counterparties
|
|
|
215,299
|
|
|
|
217,581
|
|
Collateralized financings:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Securities loaned
|
|
|
26,334
|
|
|
|
22,208
|
|
Financial instruments sold under
agreements to repurchase, at fair value
|
|
|
192,665
|
|
|
|
147,492
|
|
Other secured financings
|
|
|
47,875
|
|
|
|
50,424
|
|
Financial instruments sold, but not
yet purchased, at fair value
|
|
|
166,481
|
|
|
|
155,805
|
|
Other liabilities and accrued
expenses
|
|
|
33,725
|
|
|
|
31,866
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unsecured long-term borrowings
|
|
|
132,732
|
|
|
|
122,842
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
875,595
|
|
|
|
802,415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments, contingencies and
guarantees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shareholders
equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock, par value
$0.01 per share; 150,000,000 shares authorized,
124,000 shares issued and outstanding as of both February
2007 and November 2006, with liquidation preference of
$25,000 per share
|
|
|
3,100
|
|
|
|
3,100
|
|
Common stock, par value
$0.01 per share; 4,000,000,000 shares authorized,
611,277,969 and 599,697,200 shares issued as of February
2007 and November 2006, respectively, and 411,316,967 and
412,666,084 shares outstanding as of February 2007 and
November 2006, respectively
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Restricted stock units and employee
stock options
|
|
|
5,819
|
|
|
|
6,290
|
|
Nonvoting common stock, par value
$0.01 per share; 200,000,000 shares authorized,
no shares issued and outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
21,013
|
|
|
|
19,731
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
30,859
|
|
|
|
27,868
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive
income
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Common stock held in treasury, at
cost, par value $0.01 per share; 199,961,002 and
187,031,116 shares as of February 2007 and November 2006,
respectively
|
|
|
(23,915
|
)
|
|
|
(21,230
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
36,900
|
|
|
|
35,786
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities and
shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
912,495
|
|
|
$
|
838,201
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed
consolidated financial statements.
3
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN
SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period
Ended
|
|
|
February
|
|
November
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(in millions,
except
|
|
|
per share amounts)
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of year
|
|
$
|
3,100
|
|
|
$
|
1,750
|
|
Issued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,350
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of period
|
|
|
3,100
|
|
|
|
3,100
|
|
Common stock, par value
$0.01 per share
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of year
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Issued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of period
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Restricted stock units and
employee stock options
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of year
|
|
|
6,290
|
|
|
|
3,415
|
|
Issuance and amortization of
restricted stock units and employee stock options
|
|
|
846
|
|
|
|
3,787
|
|
Delivery of common stock underlying
restricted stock units
|
|
|
(1,284
|
)
|
|
|
(781
|
)
|
Forfeiture of restricted stock
units and employee stock options
|
|
|
(28
|
)
|
|
|
(129
|
)
|
Exercise of employee stock options
|
|
|
(5
|
)
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of period
|
|
|
5,819
|
|
|
|
6,290
|
|
Additional paid-in
capital
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of year
|
|
|
19,731
|
|
|
|
17,159
|
|
Issuance of common stock, including
proceeds from exercise of employee stock options
|
|
|
1,613
|
|
|
|
2,432
|
|
Cancellation of restricted stock
units in satisfaction of withholding tax requirements
|
|
|
(927
|
)
|
|
|
(375
|
)
|
Preferred stock issuance costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
Excess net tax benefit related to
share-based compensation
|
|
|
596
|
|
|
|
653
|
|
Cash settlement of share-based
compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(137
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of period
|
|
|
21,013
|
|
|
|
19,731
|
|
Retained earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of year, as
previously reported
|
|
|
27,868
|
|
|
|
19,085
|
|
Cumulative effect of adjustment
from adoption of SFAS No. 157, net of tax
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cumulative effect of adjustment
from adoption of SFAS No. 159, net of tax
|
|
|
(45
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of year, after
cumulative effect of adjustments
|
|
|
27,874
|
|
|
|
19,085
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
3,197
|
|
|
|
9,537
|
|
Dividends and dividend equivalents
declared on common stock and restricted stock units
|
|
|
(163
|
)
|
|
|
(615
|
)
|
Dividends declared on preferred
stock
|
|
|
(49
|
)
|
|
|
(139
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of period
|
|
|
30,859
|
|
|
|
27,868
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive
income/(loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of year
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
Currency translation adjustment,
net of tax
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
Minimum pension liability
adjustment, net of tax
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
Net gains/(losses) on cash flow
hedges, net of tax
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on
available-for-sale
securities, net of tax
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
10
|
|
Reclassification to retained
earnings from adoption of SFAS No. 159, net of tax
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of period
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Common stock held in treasury,
at cost
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, beginning of year
|
|
|
(21,230
|
)
|
|
|
(13,413
|
)
|
Repurchased
|
|
|
(2,688
|
)
|
|
|
(7,817
|
)
|
Reissued
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of period
|
|
|
(23,915
|
)
|
|
|
(21,230
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total shareholders
equity
|
|
$
|
36,900
|
|
|
$
|
35,786
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed
consolidated financial statements.
4
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Ended
February
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Cash flows from operating
activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
$
|
3,197
|
|
|
$
|
2,479
|
|
Non-cash items included in net
earnings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
204
|
|
|
|
175
|
|
Amortization of identifiable
intangible assets
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
44
|
|
Share-based compensation
|
|
|
362
|
|
|
|
343
|
|
Changes in operating assets and
liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and securities segregated for
regulatory and other purposes
|
|
|
2,664
|
|
|
|
(1,009
|
)
|
Net receivables from brokers,
dealers and clearing organizations
|
|
|
390
|
|
|
|
(2,400
|
)
|
Net payables to customers and
counterparties
|
|
|
(18,822
|
)
|
|
|
(5,282
|
)
|
Securities borrowed, net of
securities loaned
|
|
|
(17,802
|
)
|
|
|
(8,645
|
)
|
Financial instruments sold under
agreements to repurchase, net of financial instruments purchased
under agreements to resell
|
|
|
45,413
|
|
|
|
5,377
|
|
Financial instruments owned, at
fair value
|
|
|
(36,937
|
)
|
|
|
(14,878
|
)
|
Financial instruments sold, but
not yet purchased, at fair value
|
|
|
10,676
|
|
|
|
4,466
|
|
Other, net
|
|
|
(3,435
|
)
|
|
|
(313
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used for operating
activities
|
|
|
(14,022
|
)
|
|
|
(19,643
|
)
|
Cash flows from investing
activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchase of property, leasehold
improvements and equipment
|
|
|
(580
|
)
|
|
|
(674
|
)
|
Proceeds from sales of property,
leasehold improvements and equipment
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
Business acquisitions, net of cash
acquired
|
|
|
(55
|
)
|
|
|
(270
|
)
|
Proceeds from sales of investments
|
|
|
199
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used for investing
activities
|
|
|
(424
|
)
|
|
|
(920
|
)
|
Cash flows from financing
activities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unsecured short-term borrowings,
net
|
|
|
1,652
|
|
|
|
3,178
|
|
Other secured financings
(short-term), net
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
|
760
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of other
secured financings (long-term)
|
|
|
400
|
|
|
|
3,792
|
|
Repayment of other secured
financings (long-term), including the current portion
|
|
|
(1,134
|
)
|
|
|
(1,118
|
)
|
Proceeds from issuance of
unsecured long-term borrowings
|
|
|
17,741
|
|
|
|
14,447
|
|
Repayment of unsecured long-term
borrowings, including the current portion
|
|
|
(3,325
|
)
|
|
|
(2,893
|
)
|
Derivative contracts with a
financing element, net
|
|
|
1,495
|
|
|
|
620
|
|
Common stock repurchased
|
|
|
(2,685
|
)
|
|
|
(2,577
|
)
|
Dividends and dividend equivalents
paid on common stock, preferred stock and restricted stock units
|
|
|
(212
|
)
|
|
|
(148
|
)
|
Proceeds from issuance of common
stock
|
|
|
308
|
|
|
|
644
|
|
Excess tax benefit related to
share-based compensation
|
|
|
559
|
|
|
|
181
|
|
Cash settlement of share-based
compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(13
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by financing
activities
|
|
|
15,040
|
|
|
|
16,873
|
|
Net increase/(decrease) in cash
and cash equivalents
|
|
|
594
|
|
|
|
(3,690
|
)
|
Cash and cash equivalents,
beginning of year
|
|
|
6,293
|
|
|
|
10,261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents, end of
period
|
|
$
|
6,887
|
|
|
$
|
6,571
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES:
Cash payments for interest, net of capitalized interest, were
$9.51 billion and $7.11 billion during the three
months ended February 2007 and February 2006, respectively.
Cash payments for income taxes, net of refunds, were
$1.51 billion and $659 million during the three months
ended February 2007 and February 2006, respectively.
Non-cash
activities:
The firm issued $17 million of common stock in connection
with business acquisitions for the three months
ended February 2007.
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed
consolidated financial statements.
5
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Ended
February
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
$
|
3,197
|
|
|
$
|
2,479
|
|
Currency translation adjustment,
net of tax
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Net gains/(losses) on cash flow
hedges, net of tax
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Net unrealized gains/(losses) on
available-for-sale
securities, net of tax
|
|
|
(2
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comprehensive income
|
|
$
|
3,202
|
|
|
$
|
2,494
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these condensed
consolidated financial statements.
6
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
Note 1.
|
Description of
Business
|
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. (Group Inc.), a Delaware
corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries
(collectively, the firm), is a leading global investment
banking, securities and investment management firm that
provides a wide range of services worldwide to a substantial and
diversified client base that includes corporations, financial
institutions, governments and
high-net-worth
individuals.
The firms activities are divided into three segments:
|
|
|
|
|
Investment Banking. The firm provides a broad
range of investment banking services to a diverse group of
corporations, financial institutions, investment funds,
governments and individuals.
|
|
|
|
Trading and Principal Investments. The firm
facilitates client transactions with a diverse group of
corporations, financial institutions, investment funds,
governments and individuals and takes proprietary positions
through market making in, trading of and investing in fixed
income and equity products, currencies, commodities and
derivatives on these products. In addition, the firm engages in
specialist and market-making activities on equities and options
exchanges and clears client transactions on major stock, options
and futures exchanges worldwide. In connection with the
firms merchant banking and other investing activities, the
firm makes principal investments directly and through funds that
the firm raises and manages.
|
|
|
|
Asset Management and Securities Services. The
firm provides investment advisory and financial planning
services and offers investment products (primarily through
separate accounts and funds) across all major asset classes to a
diverse group of institutions and individuals worldwide and
provides prime brokerage services, financing services and
securities lending services to institutional clients, including
hedge funds, mutual funds, pension funds and foundations, and to
high-net-worth
individuals worldwide.
|
|
|
Note 2.
|
Significant
Accounting Policies
|
Basis of
Presentation
These condensed consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of Group Inc. and all other entities in which the firm
has a controlling financial interest. All material intercompany
transactions and balances have been eliminated.
The firm determines whether it has a controlling financial
interest in an entity by first evaluating whether the entity is
a voting interest entity, a variable interest entity (VIE) or a
qualifying special-purpose entity (QSPE) under generally
accepted accounting principles.
|
|
|
|
|
Voting Interest Entities. Voting interest
entities are entities in which (i) the total equity
investment at risk is sufficient to enable the entity to finance
its activities independently and (ii) the equity holders
have the obligation to absorb losses, the right to receive
residual returns and the right to make decisions about the
entitys activities. Voting interest entities are
consolidated in accordance with Accounting Research Bulletin
(ARB) No. 51, Consolidated Financial
Statements, as amended. ARB No. 51 states that
the usual condition for a controlling financial interest in an
entity is ownership of a majority voting interest. Accordingly,
the firm consolidates voting interest entities in which it has a
majority voting interest.
|
7
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
Variable Interest Entities. VIEs are entities
that lack one or more of the characteristics of a voting
interest entity. A controlling financial interest in a VIE is
present when an enterprise has a variable interest, or a
combination of variable interests, that will absorb a majority
of the VIEs expected losses, receive a majority of the
VIEs expected residual returns, or both. The enterprise
with a controlling financial interest, known as the primary
beneficiary, consolidates the VIE. In accordance with Financial
Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Interpretation (FIN)
No. 46-R,
Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities, the
firm consolidates VIEs for which it is the primary beneficiary.
|
The firm determines whether it is the primary beneficiary of a
VIE by first performing a qualitative analysis of the VIE that
includes a review of, among other factors, its capital
structure, contractual terms, which interests create or absorb
variability, related party relationships and the design of the
VIE. Where qualitative analysis is not conclusive, the firm
performs a quantitative analysis. For purposes of allocating a
VIEs expected losses and expected residual returns to its
variable interest holders, the firm utilizes the top
down method. Under that method, the firm calculates its
share of the VIEs expected losses and expected residual
returns using the specific cash flows that would be allocated to
it, based on contractual arrangements
and/or the
firms position in the capital structure of the VIE, under
various probability-weighted scenarios.
|
|
|
|
|
QSPEs. QSPEs are passive entities that are
commonly used in mortgage and other securitization transactions.
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 140,
Accounting for Transfers and Servicing of Financial Assets
and Extinguishments of Liabilities, sets forth the
criteria an entity must satisfy to be a QSPE. These criteria
include the types of assets a QSPE may hold, limits on asset
sales, the use of derivatives and financial guarantees, and the
level of discretion a servicer may exercise in attempting to
collect receivables. These criteria may require management to
make judgments about complex matters, including whether a
derivative is considered passive and the degree of discretion a
servicer may exercise. In accordance with SFAS No. 140
and
FIN No. 46-R,
the firm does not consolidate QSPEs.
|
|
|
|
Equity-Method Investments. When the firm does
not have a controlling financial interest in an entity but
exerts significant influence over the entitys operating
and financial policies (generally defined as owning a voting
interest of 20% to 50%) and has an investment in common stock or
in-substance common stock, the firm accounts for its investment
in accordance with the equity method of accounting prescribed by
Accounting Principles Board (APB) Opinion No. 18, The
Equity Method of Accounting for Investments in Common
Stock.
|
|
|
|
Other. If the firm does not consolidate an
entity or apply the equity method of accounting, the firm
accounts for its investment at fair value. The firm also has
formed numerous nonconsolidated investment funds with
third-party investors that are typically organized as limited
partnerships. The firm acts as general partner for these funds
and does not hold a majority of the economic interests in any
fund. The firm has generally provided the third-party investors
with rights to remove the firm as the general partner or to
terminate the funds (see Recent Accounting
Developments below for a discussion of the impact of
Emerging Issues Task Force (EITF) Issue No.
04-5,
Determining Whether a General Partner, or the General
Partners as a Group, Controls a Limited Partnership or Similar
Entity When the Limited Partners Have Certain Rights).
These fund investments are included in Financial
instruments owned, at fair value in the condensed
consolidated statements of financial condition.
|
8
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
These condensed consolidated financial statements are unaudited
and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated
financial statements incorporated by reference in the
firms Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended November 24, 2006. The condensed
consolidated financial information as of November 24, 2006
has been derived from audited consolidated financial statements
not included herein.
These unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements
reflect all adjustments that are, in the opinion of management,
necessary for a fair statement of the results for the interim
periods presented. These adjustments are of a normal, recurring
nature. Interim period operating results may not be indicative
of the operating results for a full year.
Unless specifically stated otherwise, all references to February
2007 and February 2006 refer to the firms fiscal periods
ended, or the dates, as the context requires, February 23,
2007 and February 24, 2006, respectively. All references to
November 2006, unless specifically stated otherwise, refer to
the firms fiscal year ended, or the date, as the context
requires, November 24, 2006. All references to 2007,
unless specifically stated otherwise, refer to the firms
fiscal year ending, or the date, as the context requires,
November 30, 2007. Certain reclassifications have been made
to previously reported amounts to conform to the current
presentation.
Use of
Estimates
These condensed consolidated financial statements have been
prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles that require management to make certain estimates and
assumptions. The most important of these estimates and
assumptions relate to fair value measurements, the accounting
for goodwill and identifiable intangible assets and the
provision for potential losses that may arise from litigation
and regulatory proceedings and tax audits. Although these and
other estimates and assumptions are based on the best available
information, actual results could be materially different from
these estimates.
Revenue
Recognition
Investment Banking. Underwriting revenues and
fees from mergers and acquisitions and other financial advisory
assignments are recognized in the condensed consolidated
statements of earnings when the services related to the
underlying transaction are completed under the terms of the
engagement. Expenses associated with such transactions are
deferred until the related revenue is recognized or the
engagement is otherwise concluded. Underwriting revenues are
presented net of related expenses. Expenses associated with
financial advisory transactions are recorded as
non-compensation
expenses, net of client reimbursements.
Financial Instruments. Total financial
instruments owned, at fair value and Financial
instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value are
reflected in the condensed consolidated statements of financial
condition on a trade-date basis. Related unrealized gains or
losses are generally recognized in Trading and principal
investments in the condensed consolidated statements of
earnings. The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount
that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a
liability in an orderly transaction between market participants
at the measurement date (the exit price). Instruments that the
firm owns (long positions) are marked to bid prices, and
instruments that the firm has sold, but not yet purchased (short
positions) are marked to offer prices. Fair value measurements
are not adjusted for transaction costs.
9
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
The firm adopted SFAS No. 157, Fair Value
Measurements, as of the beginning of 2007.
SFAS No. 157 establishes a fair value hierarchy that
prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure
fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to
unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets
or liabilities (level 1 measurements) and the lowest
priority to unobservable inputs (level 3 measurements). The
three levels of the fair value hierarchy under
SFAS No. 157 are described below:
Basis of Fair Value
Measurement
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible
at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or
liabilities;
|
|
|
Level 2
|
Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs that are
observable,
either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term
of the asset or liability;
|
|
|
Level 3
|
Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both
significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable
(i.e., supported by little or no market activity).
|
A financial instruments level within the fair value
hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is
significant to the fair value measurement. See
Recent Accounting Developments for a
discussion of the impact of adopting SFAS No. 157.
In determining fair value, the firm separates its
Financial instruments owned, at fair value and its
Financial instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair
value into two categories: cash instruments and derivative
contracts.
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Instruments. The firms cash
instruments are generally classified within level 1 or
level 2 of the fair value hierarchy because they are valued
using quoted market prices, broker or dealer quotations, or
alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price
transparency. The types of instruments valued based on quoted
market prices in active markets include most
U.S. government and agency securities, many other sovereign
government obligations, liquid mortgage products, active listed
equities and most money market securities. Such instruments are
generally classified within level 1 of the fair value
hierarchy. As required by SFAS No. 157, the firm does
not adjust the quoted price for such instruments, even in
situations where the firm holds a large position and a sale
could reasonably impact the quoted price. The types of
instruments valued based on quoted prices in markets that are
not active, broker or dealer quotations, or alternative pricing
sources with reasonable levels of price transparency include
most investment-grade and high-yield corporate bonds, less
liquid mortgage products, less liquid listed equities, state,
municipal and provincial obligations, and certain physical
commodities. Such instruments are generally classified within
level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
|
Certain cash instruments are classified within level 3 of
the fair value hierarchy because they trade infrequently and
therefore have little or no price transparency. Such instruments
include certain corporate bank loans and mortgage whole loans,
highly distressed debt, and private equity and real estate
investments. Where the firm is unable to substantiate the
significant valuation inputs and assumptions to corroborative
market data, the transaction price is used as managements
best estimate of fair value at inception. Accordingly, when a
pricing model is used to value such an instrument, the model is
adjusted so that the model value at inception equals the
transaction price. Subsequent to inception, management only
changes level 3 inputs and assumptions when corroborated by
evidence such as transactions in similar instruments, completed
or pending third-party transactions in the underlying investment
or comparable entities, subsequent rounds of financing,
recapitalizations and other transactions across the capital
structure, offerings in the equity or debt capital markets, and
changes in financial ratios or cash flows.
10
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
For positions that are not traded in active markets or are
subject to transfer restrictions, valuations are adjusted to
reflect illiquidity
and/or
non-transferability, and such adjustments are generally based on
available market evidence. In the absence of such evidence,
managements best estimate is used.
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative Contracts. Derivative contracts can
be exchange-traded or
over-the-counter
(OTC). Exchange-traded derivatives are generally valued based on
quoted market prices. Exchange-traded derivatives that are
valued using unadjusted quoted prices in active markets are
classified within level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. Some
exchange-traded derivatives are valued within portfolios using
models that calibrate to broker or dealer quotations or market
transactions in either the listed or OTC markets. In such cases,
exchange-traded derivatives are classified within level 2
of the fair value hierarchy.
|
OTC derivatives are valued using models. The selection of a
particular model to value an OTC derivative depends upon the
contractual terms of, and specific risks inherent in, the
instrument as well as the availability of pricing information in
the market. The firm generally uses similar models to value
similar instruments. Where possible, the firm verifies the
values produced by its pricing models to market transactions.
Valuation models require a variety of inputs, including
contractual terms, market prices, yield curves, credit curves,
measures of volatility, prepayment rates and correlations of
such inputs. For OTC derivatives that trade in liquid markets,
such as generic forwards, swaps and options, model inputs can
generally be verified and model selection does not involve
significant management judgment. Such instruments are typically
classified within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Certain OTC derivatives trade in less liquid markets with
limited pricing information, and the determination of fair value
for these derivatives is inherently more difficult. Further,
complex structures often involve multiple product types
requiring additional complex inputs such as correlations and
volatilities. Such instruments are classified within
level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Where the firm does
not have corroborating market evidence to support significant
model inputs and cannot verify the model to market transactions,
management believes that transaction price is the best estimate
of fair value at inception. Accordingly, when a pricing model is
used to value such an instrument, the model is adjusted so that
the model value at inception equals the transaction price. The
valuations of these less liquid OTC derivatives are typically
impacted by level 1
and/or
level 2 inputs that can be observed in the market, as well
as unobservable level 3 inputs. Subsequent to initial
recognition, the firm updates the level 1 and level 2
inputs to reflect observable market changes. Level 3 inputs
are only changed when corroborated by evidence such as similar
market transactions, third-party pricing services
and/or
broker or dealer quotations, or other empirical market data. In
circumstances where the firm cannot verify the model value to
market transactions, it is possible that a different valuation
model could produce a materially different estimate of fair
value. As markets continue to develop and more pricing
information becomes available, the firm continues to review and
refine the models used.
When appropriate, valuations are adjusted for various factors
such as liquidity, bid/offer spreads and credit considerations.
Such adjustments are generally based on available market
evidence. In the absence of such evidence, managements
best estimate is used.
Collateralized Agreements and
Financings. Collateralized agreements consist of
resale agreements and securities borrowed. Collateralized
financings consist of repurchase agreements, securities loaned
and other secured financings. Interest on collateralized
agreements and collateralized financings is recognized in
Interest income or Interest expense,
respectively, over the life of the transaction.
11
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
Resale and Repurchase Agreements. Financial
instruments purchased under agreements to resell and financial
instruments sold under agreements to repurchase, principally
U.S. government, federal agency and investment-grade
sovereign obligations, represent
short-term
collateralized financing transactions. The firm receives
financial instruments purchased under agreements to resell,
makes delivery of financial instruments sold under agreements to
repurchase, monitors the market value of these financial
instruments on a daily basis and delivers or obtains additional
collateral as appropriate. Resale and repurchase agreements are
carried in the condensed consolidated statements of financial
condition at fair value as allowed by SFAS No. 159,
The Fair Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities. Prior to the adoption of
SFAS No. 159, these transactions were recorded at
contractual amounts plus accrued interest. Resale and repurchase
agreements are generally valued based on inputs with reasonable
levels of price transparency and are classified within
level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Resale and repurchase
agreements are presented on a
net-by-counterparty
basis when the requirements of FIN No. 41,
Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Repurchase and
Reverse Repurchase Agreements, or FIN No. 39,
Offsetting of Amounts Related to Certain Contracts,
are satisfied.
|
|
|
|
Securities Borrowed and Loaned. Securities
borrowed and loaned are generally collateralized by cash,
securities or letters of credit. The firm receives securities
borrowed, makes delivery of securities loaned, monitors the
market value of securities borrowed and loaned, and delivers or
obtains additional collateral as appropriate. Securities
borrowed and loaned related to the firms Securities
Services business, substantially all of which are transacted
on-demand, are recorded based on the amount of cash collateral
advanced or received plus accrued interest. These transactions
exhibit little, if any, sensitivity to changes in interest
rates. The firms remaining securities borrowed and loaned
transactions, which are related to the firms financing and
matched book activities, are recorded at fair value as allowed
by SFAS No. 159. Prior to the adoption of
SFAS No. 159, these transactions were recorded based
on the amount of cash collateral advanced or received plus
accrued interest. These securities borrowed and loaned
transactions are generally valued based on inputs with
reasonable levels of price transparency and are classified
within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
|
|
|
|
Other Secured Financings. In addition to
repurchase agreements and securities loaned, the firm funds
assets through the use of other secured financing arrangements
and pledges financial instruments and other assets as collateral
in these transactions. SFAS No. 159 has been adopted
for those financings for which the use of fair value would
eliminate volatility in earnings from using different
measurement attributes, primarily transfers accounted for as
financings under SFAS No. 140 and debt raised through
the firms William Street program. These other secured
financing transactions are generally valued based on inputs with
reasonable levels of price transparency and are classified
within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. Other secured
financings that are not recorded at fair value are recorded
based on the amount of cash received plus accrued interest. See
Note 3 for further information regarding other secured
financings.
|
Hybrid Financial Instruments. Hybrid financial
instruments are instruments that contain bifurcatable embedded
derivatives under SFAS No. 133, Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, and do not
require settlement by physical delivery of non-financial assets
(e.g., physical commodities). If the firm elects to
bifurcate the embedded derivative, it is accounted for at fair
value and the host contract is accounted for at amortized cost,
adjusted for the effective portion of any fair value hedge
accounting relationships. If the firm does not elect to
bifurcate, the entire
12
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
hybrid financial instrument is accounted for at fair value under
SFAS No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid
Financial Instruments an amendment of FASB
Statements No. 133 and 140. The primary reasons for
electing the fair value option for hybrid financial instruments
were mitigating volatility in earnings from using different
measurement attributes, simplification and cost-benefit
considerations. See Notes 3, 4 and 5 for additional
information about hybrid financial instruments.
Transfers of Financial Assets. In general,
transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales under
SFAS No. 140 when the firm has relinquished control
over the transferred assets. For transfers accounted for as
sales, any related gains or losses are recognized in net
revenues. Transfers that are not accounted for as sales are
accounted for as collateralized financings, with the related
interest expense recognized in net revenues over the life of the
transaction.
Power Generation. Power generation revenues
associated with the firms consolidated power generation
facilities are included in Trading and principal
investments in the condensed consolidated statements of
earnings when power is delivered. These revenues were
$118 million and $112 million for the periods ended
February 2007 and February 2006, respectively. Direct employee
costs associated with the firms consolidated power
generation facilities of $21 million and $13 million
for the periods ended February 2007 and February 2006,
respectively, are included in Compensation and
benefits. The other direct costs associated with these
power generation facilities and related contractual assets are
included in Cost of power generation.
Commissions. Commission revenues from
executing and clearing client transactions on stock, options and
futures markets worldwide are recognized in Trading and
principal investments in the condensed consolidated
statements of earnings on a trade-date basis.
Insurance Activities. Revenues from variable
annuity and variable life insurance contracts, and from
providing reinsurance of such contracts, generally consist of
fees assessed on contract holder account balances for mortality
charges, policy administration and surrender charges. These fees
are recognized within Trading and principal
investments in the condensed consolidated statements of
earnings in the period that services are provided.
Interest credited to variable annuity and life insurance account
balances and changes in reserves are recognized in Other
expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of
earnings.
Premiums earned for providing property catastrophe reinsurance
are recognized within Trading and principal
investments in the condensed consolidated statements of
earnings over the coverage period, net of premiums ceded for the
cost of reinsurance. Expenses for liabilities related to
property catastrophe reinsurance claims, including estimates of
claims that have been incurred but not reported, are recognized
within Other expenses in the condensed consolidated
statements of earnings.
Merchant Banking Overrides. The firm is
entitled to receive merchant banking overrides (i.e., an
increased share of a funds income and gains) when the
return on the funds investments exceeds certain threshold
returns. Overrides are based on investment performance over the
life of each merchant banking fund, and future investment
underperformance may require amounts of override previously
distributed to the firm to be returned to the funds.
Accordingly, overrides are recognized in the condensed
consolidated statements of earnings only when all material
contingencies have been resolved. Overrides are included in
Trading and principal investments in the condensed
consolidated statements of earnings.
13
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Asset Management. Management fees are
recognized over the period that the related service is provided
based upon average net asset values. In certain circumstances,
the firm is also entitled to receive incentive fees based on a
percentage of a funds return or when the return on assets
under management exceeds specified benchmark returns or other
performance targets. Incentive fees are generally based on
investment performance over a
12-month
period and are subject to adjustment prior to the end of the
measurement period. Accordingly, incentive fees are recognized
in the condensed consolidated statements of earnings when the
measurement period ends. Asset management fees and incentive
fees are included in Asset management and securities
services in the condensed consolidated statements of
earnings.
Share-Based
Compensation
In the first quarter of 2006, the firm adopted
SFAS No. 123-R,
Share-Based Payment, which is a revision to
SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation.
SFAS No. 123-R
focuses primarily on accounting for transactions in which an
entity obtains employee services in exchange for share-based
payments. Under
SFAS No. 123-R,
the cost of employee services received in exchange for an award
of equity instruments is generally measured based on the
grant-date fair value of the award. Under
SFAS No. 123-R,
share-based awards that do not require future service (i.e.,
vested awards, including awards granted to retirement-eligible
employees) are expensed immediately. Share-based employee awards
that require future service are amortized over the relevant
service period. The firm adopted
SFAS No. 123-R
under the modified prospective adoption method. Under that
method of adoption, the provisions of
SFAS No. 123-R
are generally applied only to share-based awards granted
subsequent to adoption. Share-based awards held by employees
that were retirement-eligible on the date of adoption of
SFAS No. 123-R
must continue to be amortized over the stated service period of
the award (and accelerated if the employee actually retires).
SFAS No. 123-R
requires expected forfeitures to be included in determining
share-based employee compensation expense.
The firm pays cash dividend equivalents on outstanding
restricted stock units. Dividend equivalents paid on restricted
stock units accounted for under SFAS No. 123 and
SFAS No. 123-R
are charged to retained earnings when paid.
SFAS No. 123-R
requires dividend equivalents paid on restricted stock units
expected to be forfeited to be included in compensation expense.
Prior to the adoption of
SFAS No. 123-R,
dividend equivalents paid on restricted stock units that were
later forfeited by employees were reclassified to compensation
expense from retained earnings. The tax benefit related to
dividend equivalents paid on restricted stock units is accounted
for as a reduction of income tax expense.
In certain cases, primarily related to the death of an employee
or conflicted employment (as outlined in the applicable
award agreements), the firm may cash settle share-based
compensation awards. Additional paid-in capital is
adjusted to the extent of the difference between the current
value of the award and the grant-date value of the award.
Goodwill
Goodwill is the cost of acquired companies in excess of the fair
value of identifiable net assets at acquisition date. In
accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets, goodwill is tested at least annually
for impairment. An impairment loss is triggered if the estimated
fair value of an operating segment is less than its estimated
net book value. Such loss is calculated as the difference
between the estimated fair value of goodwill and its carrying
value.
14
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Identifiable
Intangible Assets
Identifiable intangible assets, which consist primarily of
customer lists, above-market power contracts, specialist rights
and the value of business acquired (VOBA) and deferred
acquisition costs (DAC) in the firms insurance
subsidiaries, are amortized over their estimated useful lives.
Identifiable intangible assets are tested for potential
impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances suggest
that an assets or asset groups carrying value may
not be fully recoverable in accordance with
SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or
Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. An impairment loss,
calculated as the difference between the estimated fair value
and the carrying value of an asset or asset group, is recognized
if the sum of the estimated undiscounted cash flows relating to
the asset or asset group is less than the corresponding carrying
value.
Property,
Leasehold Improvements and Equipment
Property, leasehold improvements and equipment, net of
accumulated depreciation and amortization, are included in
Other assets in the condensed consolidated
statements of financial condition.
Property and equipment placed in service prior to
December 1, 2001 are depreciated under the accelerated cost
recovery method. Property and equipment placed in service on or
after December 1, 2001 are depreciated on a
straight-line basis over the useful life of the asset. Leasehold
improvements for which the useful life of the improvement is
shorter than the term of the lease are amortized under the
accelerated cost recovery method if placed in service prior to
December 1, 2001. All other leasehold improvements are
amortized on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the
improvement or the term of the lease, whichever is shorter.
Certain costs of software developed or obtained for internal use
are capitalized and amortized on a straight-line basis over the
useful life of the software.
Property, leasehold improvements and equipment are tested for
potential impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances
suggest that an assets or asset groups carrying
value may not be fully recoverable in accordance with
SFAS No. 144. An impairment loss, calculated as the
difference between the estimated fair value and the carrying
value of an asset or asset group, is recognized if the sum of
the expected undiscounted cash flows relating to the asset or
asset group is less than the corresponding carrying value.
The firms operating leases include space held in excess of
current requirements. Rent expense relating to space held for
growth is included in Occupancy in the condensed
consolidated statements of earnings. In accordance with
SFAS No. 146, Accounting for Costs Associated
with Exit or Disposal Activities, the firm records a
liability, based on the remaining lease rentals reduced by any
potential or existing sublease rentals, for leases where the
firm has ceased using the space and management has concluded
that the firm will not derive any future economic benefits.
Costs to terminate a lease before the end of its term are
recognized and measured at fair value upon termination.
|
|
|
Foreign
Currency Translation
|
Assets and liabilities denominated in
non-U.S. currencies
are translated at rates of exchange prevailing on the date of
the condensed consolidated statement of financial condition, and
revenues and expenses are translated at average rates of
exchange for the year. Gains or losses on translation
of the financial statements of a
non-U.S. operation,
when the functional currency is other than the U.S. dollar,
are included, net of hedges and taxes, in the condensed
consolidated statements of comprehensive income. The firm seeks
to reduce its net investment exposure to fluctuations in foreign
15
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
exchange rates through the use of foreign currency forward
contracts and foreign currency-denominated debt. For foreign
currency forward contracts, hedge effectiveness is assessed
based on changes in forward exchange rates; accordingly, forward
points are reflected as a component of the currency translation
adjustment in the condensed consolidated statements of
comprehensive income. For foreign currency-denominated debt,
hedge effectiveness is assessed based on changes in spot rates.
Foreign currency remeasurement gains or losses on transactions
in nonfunctional currencies are included in the condensed
consolidated statements of earnings.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for temporary
differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of the
firms assets and liabilities. Valuation allowances are
established to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that
more likely than not will be realized. The firms tax
assets and liabilities are presented as a component of
Other assets and Other liabilities and accrued
expenses, respectively, in the condensed consolidated
statements of financial condition. Tax provisions are computed
in accordance with SFAS No. 109, Accounting for
Income Taxes. Contingent liabilities related to income
taxes are recorded when the criteria for loss recognition under
SFAS No. 5, Accounting for Contingencies,
as amended, have been met (see Recent
Accounting Developments below for a discussion of the
impact of FIN No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty
in Income Taxes an Interpretation of FASB Statement
No. 109, on SFAS No. 109).
|
|
|
Earnings Per
Common Share (EPS)
|
Basic EPS is calculated by dividing net earnings applicable to
common shareholders by the weighted average number of common
shares outstanding. Common shares outstanding includes common
stock and restricted stock units for which no future service is
required as a condition to the delivery of the underlying common
stock. Diluted EPS includes the determinants of basic EPS and,
in addition, reflects the dilutive effect of the common stock
deliverable pursuant to stock options and to restricted stock
units for which future service is required as a condition to the
delivery of the underlying common stock.
|
|
|
Cash and Cash
Equivalents
|
The firm defines cash equivalents as highly liquid overnight
deposits held in the ordinary course of business.
|
|
|
Recent
Accounting Developments
|
EITF Issue
No. 04-5. In
June 2005, the EITF reached consensus on Issue
No. 04-5,
Determining Whether a General Partner, or the General
Partners as a Group, Controls a Limited Partnership or Similar
Entity When the Limited Partners Have Certain Rights,
which requires general partners to consolidate their
partnerships or to provide limited partners with rights to
remove the general partner or to terminate the partnership. The
firm, as the general partner of numerous merchant banking and
asset management partnerships, was required to adopt the
provisions of EITF Issue
No. 04-5
(i) immediately for partnerships formed or modified after
June 29, 2005 and (ii) in the first quarter of 2007
for partnerships formed on or before June 29, 2005 that
have not been modified. The firm has generally provided limited
partners in these funds with rights to remove the firm as the
general partner or to terminate the partnerships. Therefore, the
adoption of EITF Issue
No. 04-5
did not have a material effect on the firms financial
condition, results of operations or cash flows in 2006 or in the
first quarter of 2007.
16
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
FIN No. 48. In June 2006, the FASB
issued FIN No. 48, Accounting for Uncertainty in
Income Taxes an Interpretation of FASB Statement
No. 109. FIN No. 48 requires that the firm
determine whether a tax position is more likely than not to be
sustained upon examination, including resolution of any related
appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits
of the position. Once it is determined that a position meets
this recognition threshold, the position is measured to
determine the amount of benefit to be recognized in the
financial statements. The firm expects to adopt the provisions
of FIN No. 48 beginning in the first quarter of 2008.
The firm does not expect that the adoption of
FIN No. 48 will have a material effect on its
financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
SFAS No. 157. In September 2006, the
FASB issued SFAS No. 157, Fair Value
Measurements. SFAS No. 157 clarifies that fair
value is an exit price, representing the amount that would be
received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an
orderly transaction between market participants. Under
SFAS No. 157, fair value measurements are not adjusted
for transaction costs.
SFAS No. 157 nullifies the guidance included in EITF
Issue
No. 02-3,
Issues Involved in Accounting for Derivative Contracts
Held for Trading Purposes and Contracts Involved in Energy
Trading and Risk Management Activities, that prohibited
the recognition of a day one gain or loss on derivative
contracts (and hybrid financial instruments measured at fair
value under SFAS No. 155) where the firm was unable to
verify all of the significant model inputs to observable market
data and/or
verify the model to market transactions. However,
SFAS No. 157 requires that a fair value measurement
reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing
an asset or liability based on the best information available.
Assumptions include the risks inherent in a particular valuation
technique (such as a pricing model)
and/or the
risks inherent in the inputs to the model.
In addition, SFAS No. 157 prohibits the recognition of
block discounts for large holdings of unrestricted
financial instruments where quoted prices are readily and
regularly available for an identical asset or liability in an
active market.
The provisions of SFAS No. 157 are to be applied
prospectively, except changes in fair value measurements that
result from the initial application of SFAS No. 157 to
existing derivative financial instruments measured under EITF
Issue
No. 02-3,
existing hybrid financial instruments measured at fair value and
block discounts, all of which are to be recorded as an
adjustment to beginning retained earnings in the year of
adoption.
The firm adopted SFAS No. 157 as of the beginning of
2007. The transition adjustment to beginning retained earnings
was a gain of $51 million, net of tax. The effect of the
nullification of EITF Issue
No. 02-3
and the removal of liquidity discounts for actively traded
positions was not material for the first quarter of 2007. In
addition, under SFAS No. 157, gains on principal
investments should be recorded in the absence of substantial
third-party transactions if market evidence is sufficient. The
firm recorded approximately $500 million of such gains as a
result of adopting SFAS No. 157 in the first quarter
of 2007.
17
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
SFAS No. 158. In September 2006, the
FASB issued SFAS No. 158, Employers
Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement
Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements No. 87, 88, 106 and
132-R. SFAS No. 158 requires an entity to
recognize in its statement of financial condition the funded
status of its defined benefit pension and postretirement plans,
measured as the difference between the fair value of the plan
assets and the benefit obligation. SFAS No. 158 also
requires an entity to recognize changes in the funded status of
a defined benefit pension and postretirement plan within
accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, to the
extent such changes are not recognized in earnings as components
of periodic net benefit cost. SFAS No. 158 is
effective as of the end of the fiscal year ending after
December 15, 2006. The firm will adopt
SFAS No. 158 as of the end of 2007. The firm does not
expect that the adoption of SFAS No. 158 will have a
material effect on its financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
SFAS No. 159. On February 15,
2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, The Fair
Value Option for Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities, which gives entities the option to measure
eligible financial assets, financial liabilities and firm
commitments at fair value (i.e., the fair value option), on an
instrument-by-instrument
basis, that are otherwise not permitted to be accounted for at
fair value under other accounting standards. The election to use
the fair value option is available when an entity first
recognizes a financial asset or financial liability or upon
entering into a firm commitment. Subsequent changes in fair
value must be recorded in earnings. Additionally,
SFAS No. 159 allows for a one-time election for
existing positions upon adoption, with the transition adjustment
recorded to beginning retained earnings.
The firm adopted SFAS No. 159 as of the beginning of
2007 and elected to apply the fair value option to the following
financial assets and liabilities existing at the time of
adoption:
|
|
|
|
|
certain unsecured short-term borrowings, consisting of all
promissory notes and commercial paper;
|
|
|
|
certain other secured financings;
|
|
|
|
certain unsecured long-term borrowings, including those
resulting from prepaid physical commodity transactions;
|
|
|
|
resale and repurchase agreements;
|
|
|
|
securities borrowed and loaned related to the firms
financing and matched book activities; and
|
|
|
|
securities held by the firms bank subsidiary (previously
accounted for as
available-for-sale).
|
The primary reasons for electing the fair value option were
mitigating volatility in earnings from using different
measurement attributes, simplification and cost-benefit
considerations. The transition adjustment to beginning retained
earnings related to the adoption of SFAS No. 159 was a
loss of $45 million, net of tax, substantially all of which
related to applying the fair value option to prepaid physical
commodity transactions. The effect of SFAS No. 159 was
not material to the firms financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows for the first quarter of 2007.
18
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
Note 3.
|
Financial
Instruments
|
|
|
|
Fair Value of
Financial Instruments
|
The following table sets forth the firms financial
instruments owned, at fair value, including those pledged as
collateral, and financial instruments sold, but not yet
purchased, at fair value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
February
2007
|
|
November
2006
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
Assets
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Commercial paper, certificates of
deposit, time deposits and other money market instruments
|
|
$
|
15,193
|
(1)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
14,723
|
(1)
|
|
$
|
|
|
U.S. government, federal
agency and sovereign obligations
|
|
|
69,673
|
|
|
|
54,850
|
|
|
|
64,383
|
|
|
|
51,200
|
|
Corporate and other debt
obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mortgage whole loans and
collateralized debt obligations
|
|
|
46,259
|
|
|
|
449
|
|
|
|
41,017
|
|
|
|
253
|
|
Investment-grade corporate bonds
|
|
|
19,404
|
|
|
|
5,138
|
|
|
|
17,485
|
|
|
|
4,745
|
|
Bank loans
|
|
|
28,171
|
|
|
|
786
|
|
|
|
28,196
|
|
|
|
1,154
|
|
High-yield securities
|
|
|
12,310
|
|
|
|
2,190
|
|
|
|
11,054
|
|
|
|
2,064
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
7,397
|
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
7,927
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
Other
|
|
|
1,346
|
|
|
|
240
|
|
|
|
1,267
|
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
114,887
|
|
|
|
8,890
|
|
|
|
106,946
|
|
|
|
8,575
|
|
Equities and convertible debentures
|
|
|
96,762
|
|
|
|
35,624
|
|
|
|
75,355
|
|
|
|
30,323
|
|
State, municipal and provincial
obligations
|
|
|
4,135
|
|
|
|
702
|
|
|
|
3,688
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative contracts
|
|
|
69,407
|
(2)
|
|
|
66,409
|
(3)
|
|
|
67,543
|
(2)
|
|
|
65,496
|
(3)
|
Physical commodities
|
|
|
2,835
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
1,923
|
|
|
|
211
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
372,892
|
|
|
$
|
166,481
|
|
|
$
|
334,561
|
|
|
$
|
155,805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Includes $6.58 billion and $6.93 billion as of
February 2007 and November 2006, respectively, of money market
instruments held by William Street Funding Corporation to
support the William Street credit extension program
(see Note 6 for further information regarding the
William Street program).
|
|
|
(2)
|
Net of cash received pursuant to credit support agreements of
$25.81 billion and $24.06 billion as of February 2007
and November 2006, respectively.
|
|
|
(3)
|
Net of cash paid pursuant to credit support agreements of
$15.92 billion and $16.00 billion as of February 2007
and November 2006, respectively.
|
19
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
The following tables set forth the firms financial assets
and liabilities that were accounted for at fair value as of
February 2007 by level within the fair value hierarchy (see
Note 2 for further information on the fair value
hierarchy). As required by SFAS No. 157, financial
assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on
the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value
measurement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets at Fair
Value
|
|
|
As of February
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Netting and
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
Level 2
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Collateral
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Cash instruments
|
|
$
|
121,213
|
|
|
$
|
144,424
|
|
|
$
|
37,848
|
(3)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
303,485
|
|
Derivative contracts
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
87,215
|
|
|
|
9,785
|
|
|
|
(27,726
|
) (4)
|
|
|
69,407
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial instruments owned, at
fair value
|
|
|
121,346
|
|
|
|
231,639
|
|
|
|
47,633
|
|
|
|
(27,726
|
)
|
|
|
372,892
|
|
Securities segregated for
regulatory and other
purposes (1)
|
|
|
5,840
|
|
|
|
37,573
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43,413
|
|
Securities
borrowed (2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
77,969
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
77,969
|
|
Financial instruments purchased
under agreements to resell, at fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81,886
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
81,886
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Collateralized agreements
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
159,855
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
159,855
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets at fair value
|
|
$
|
127,186
|
|
|
$
|
429,067
|
|
|
$
|
47,633
|
|
|
$
|
(27,726
|
)
|
|
$
|
576,160
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Primarily includes securities borrowed and resale agreements.
The underlying securities have been segregated to satisfy
certain regulatory requirements.
|
|
|
(2)
|
Excludes securities borrowed related to the firms
Securities Services business, which are accounted for based on
the amount of cash collateral advanced plus accrued interest.
|
|
|
(3)
|
Does not reflect the firms economic exposure to
level 3 assets because the amount in the above table
includes amounts that are attributable to minority investors or
financed by non-recourse debt. The firms economic exposure
to level 3 cash instruments is $20.38 billion, which
is comprised of cash trading instruments with little or no price
transparency and principal investments with no recent
third-party transaction.
|
|
|
(4)
|
Represents cash collateral and the impact of netting across the
levels of the fair value hierarchy. Netting among positions
classified within the same level is included in that level.
|
20
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities at
Fair Value
|
|
|
As of February
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Netting and
|
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
Level 2
|
|
Level 3
|
|
Collateral
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Cash instruments
|
|
$
|
90,840
|
|
|
$
|
9,008
|
|
|
$
|
224
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
100,072
|
|
Derivative contracts
|
|
|
232
|
|
|
|
74,564
|
|
|
|
9,444
|
|
|
|
(17,831
|
)(5)
|
|
|
66,409
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial instruments sold, but
not yet purchased, at fair value
|
|
|
91,072
|
|
|
|
83,572
|
|
|
|
9,668
|
|
|
|
(17,831
|
)
|
|
|
166,481
|
|
Securities loaned
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,711
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,711
|
|
Financial instruments sold under
agreements to repurchase, at fair value
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
192,665
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
192,665
|
|
Other secured financings
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,516
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,516
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Collateralized financings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
212,892
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
212,892
|
|
Unsecured short-term borrowings
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
33,208
|
|
|
|
1,580
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
34,788
|
|
Unsecured long-term borrowings
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,422
|
|
|
|
777
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,199
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities at fair value
|
|
$
|
91,072
|
|
|
$
|
343,094
|
|
|
$
|
12,025
|
|
|
$
|
(17,831
|
)
|
|
$
|
428,360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Excludes securities loaned related to the firms Securities
Services business, which are accounted for based on the amount
of cash collateral received plus accrued interest.
|
|
|
(2)
|
Primarily includes transfers accounted for as financings under
SFAS No. 140 and debt raised through the firms
William Street program.
|
|
|
(3)
|
Primarily includes promissory notes, commercial paper and hybrid
financial instruments.
|
|
|
(4)
|
Primarily includes hybrid financial instruments.
|
|
|
(5)
|
Represents cash collateral and the impact of netting across the
levels of the fair value hierarchy. Netting among positions
classified within the same level is included in that level.
|
See Note 2 for a discussion of the types of financial
assets and liabilities that are classified within level 3
of the fair value hierarchy as well as the firms valuation
policies for such instruments.
21
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
The following table sets forth a summary of changes in the fair
value of the firms level 3 financial assets and
liabilities. As required by SFAS No. 157, financial
assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on
the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value
measurement. For example, a hypothetical derivative contract
with level 1, level 2 and significant level 3
inputs would be classified as a level 3 financial
instrument in its entirety. Subsequently, even if only
level 1 and level 2 inputs are adjusted, the resulting
gain or loss is classified as level 3. Further,
level 3 instruments are frequently hedged with instruments
that are classified as level 1 or level 2 and,
accordingly, gains or losses reported as level 3 in the
table below may be offset by gains or losses attributable to
instruments classified in level 1 or 2 of the fair value
hierarchy. See Note 2 for further discussion of
level 3 instruments.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Level 3
Financial Assets and Liabilities
|
|
|
Three Months
Ended February 2007
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
Cash
|
|
Derivative
|
|
Unsecured
|
|
Unsecured
|
|
|
Instruments
|
|
Instruments
|
|
Contracts
|
|
Short-Term
|
|
Long-Term
|
|
|
-
Assets
|
|
-
Liabilities
|
|
- Net
|
|
Borrowings
|
|
Borrowings
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Balance, beginning of year
|
|
$
|
29,905
|
|
|
$
|
(223
|
)
|
|
$
|
580
|
|
|
$
|
(1,007
|
)
|
|
$
|
(135
|
)
|
Total gains/(losses) (realized and
unrealized)
|
|
|
1,905
|
(2)
|
|
|
(1
|
) (1)
|
|
|
481
|
(1)
|
|
|
(61
|
) (1)
|
|
|
34
|
(1)
|
Purchases, issuances and
settlements
|
|
|
7,059
|
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(227
|
)
|
|
|
(703
|
)
|
|
|
(472
|
)
|
Transfers in
and/or out
of level 3
|
|
|
(1,021
|
)
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
(493
|
)
|
|
|
191
|
|
|
|
(204
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of period
|
|
$
|
37,848
|
|
|
$
|
(224
|
)
|
|
$
|
341
|
|
|
$
|
(1,580
|
)
|
|
$
|
(777
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in unrealized
gains/(losses) relating to instruments still held at the
reporting
date (1)
|
|
$
|
1,083
|
(3)
|
|
$
|
(25
|
)
|
|
$
|
193
|
|
|
$
|
(61
|
)
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Substantially all is reported in Trading and principal
investments in the condensed consolidated statements of
earnings.
|
|
|
(2)
|
Includes approximately $1.60 billion and $303 million
reported in Trading and principal investments and
Interest income, respectively, in the condensed
consolidated statements of earnings.
|
|
|
(3)
|
Includes approximately $500 million of gains on the
firms private principal investments recognized as a result
of the adoption of SFAS No. 157.
|
22
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
The following table sets forth the gains and losses included in
earnings during the three months ended February 2007 related to
financial assets and liabilities for which the firm has elected
to apply the fair value option under SFAS No. 155 and
SFAS No. 159. Substantially all of these gains and
losses would have otherwise been recognized because they
primarily relate to borrowings that contain bifurcatable
embedded derivatives accounted for at fair value under SFAS
No. 133 and were largely offset by gains and losses on
related instruments that were accounted for at fair value under
other generally accepted accounting principles.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
Ended
|
|
|
February
2007
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Unsecured short-term borrowings
|
|
$
|
(244
|
)
|
Other secured financings
|
|
|
(130
|
)
|
Unsecured long-term borrowings
|
|
|
(792
|
)
|
Other
(1)
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
(2)
|
|
$
|
(1,160
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Includes resale and repurchase agreements; securities borrowed
and loaned related to the firms financing and matched book
activities; and securities held in the firms bank
subsidiary (previously accounted for as
available-for-sale).
|
|
|
(2)
|
Substantially all is reported in Trading and principal
investments in the condensed consolidated statements of
earnings.
|
Derivative contracts are instruments, such as futures, forwards,
swaps or option contracts, that derive their value from
underlying assets, indices, reference rates or a combination of
these factors. Derivative instruments may be privately
negotiated contracts, which are often referred to as OTC
derivatives, or they may be listed and traded on an exchange.
Derivatives may involve future commitments to purchase or sell
financial instruments or commodities, or to exchange currency or
interest payment streams. The amounts exchanged are based on the
specific terms of the contract with reference to specified
rates, securities, commodities, currencies or indices.
Certain cash instruments, such as mortgage-backed securities,
interest-only and principal-only obligations, and indexed debt
instruments, are not considered derivatives even though their
values or contractually required cash flows are derived from the
price of some other security or index. However, certain
commodity-related contracts are included in the firms
derivatives disclosure, as these contracts may be settled in
cash or the assets to be delivered under the contract are
readily convertible into cash.
The firm enters into derivative transactions to facilitate
client transactions, to take proprietary positions and as a
means of risk management. Risk exposures are managed through
diversification, by controlling position sizes and by entering
into offsetting positions. For example, the firm may manage the
risk related to a portfolio of common stock by entering into an
offsetting position in a related equity-index futures contract.
The firm applies hedge accounting under SFAS No. 133
to certain derivative contracts. The firm uses these derivatives
to manage certain interest rate and currency exposures,
including the firms net investment in
non-U.S. operations.
The firm designates certain interest rate swap contracts as fair
value hedges. These interest rate swap contracts hedge changes
in the relevant benchmark interest rate (e.g., London Interbank
Offered Rate (LIBOR)), effectively converting a substantial
portion of the firms unsecured long-term and certain
unsecured short-term borrowings into floating rate obligations.
23
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
In addition, the firm applies cash flow hedge accounting to a
limited number of foreign currency forward contracts that hedge
currency exposure on certain forecasted transactions in its
consolidated power generation facilities. See Note 2 for
information regarding the firms policy on foreign currency
forward contracts used to hedge its net investment in
non-U.S. operations.
The firm applies a long-haul method to substantially all of its
hedge accounting relationships to perform an ongoing assessment
of the effectiveness of these relationships in achieving
offsetting changes in fair value or offsetting cash flows
attributable to the risk being hedged. The firm utilizes a
dollar-offset method, which compares the change in the fair
value of the hedging instrument to the change in the fair value
of the hedged item, excluding the effect of the passage of time,
to prospectively and retrospectively assess hedge effectiveness.
The firms prospective dollar-offset assessment utilizes
scenario analyses to test hedge effectiveness via simulations of
numerous parallel and slope shifts of the relevant yield curve.
Parallel shifts change the interest rate of all maturities by
identical amounts. Slope shifts change the curvature of the
yield curve. For both the prospective assessment, in response to
each of the simulated yield curve shifts, and the retrospective
assessment, a hedging relationship is deemed to be effective if
the fair value of the hedging instrument and the hedged item
change inversely within a range of 80% to 125%.
For fair value hedges, gains or losses on derivative
transactions are recognized in Interest expense in
the condensed consolidated statements of earnings. The change in
fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being
hedged is reported as an adjustment to its carrying value and is
subsequently amortized into interest expense over its remaining
life. For cash flow hedges, the effective portion of gains or
losses on derivative transactions is reported as a component of
Other comprehensive income in the condensed
consolidated statements of comprehensive income. Gains or losses
related to hedge ineffectiveness for all hedges are generally
included in Interest expense. These gains or losses
and the component of gains or losses on derivative transactions
excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness (e.g., the
effect of the passage of time on fair value hedges of the
firms borrowings) were not material to the firms
results of operations for the three months ended February 2007
or February 2006. Gains and losses on derivatives used for
trading purposes are included in Trading and principal
investments in the condensed consolidated statements of
earnings.
The fair value of the firms derivative contracts is
reflected net of cash paid or received pursuant to credit
support agreements and is reported on a
net-by-counterparty
basis in the firms condensed consolidated statements of
financial condition when management believes a legal right of
setoff exists under an enforceable netting agreement. The fair
value of derivative financial instruments, computed in
accordance with the firms netting policy, is set forth
below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
February
2007
|
|
November
2006
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
Assets
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Forward settlement contracts
|
|
$
|
12,282
|
|
|
$
|
14,222
|
|
|
$
|
11,751
|
|
|
$
|
14,335
|
|
Swap agreements
|
|
|
30,108
|
|
|
|
22,679
|
|
|
|
28,012
|
|
|
|
22,471
|
|
Option contracts
|
|
|
27,017
|
|
|
|
29,508
|
|
|
|
27,780
|
|
|
|
28,690
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
69,407
|
|
|
$
|
66,409
|
|
|
$
|
67,543
|
|
|
$
|
65,496
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of derivatives accounted for as qualifying hedges
under SFAS No. 133 consisted of $2.11 billion and
$2.66 billion in assets as of February 2007 and November
2006, respectively, and $931 million and $551 million
in liabilities as of February 2007 and November 2006,
respectively.
24
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
The firm also has embedded derivatives that have been bifurcated
from related borrowings under SFAS No. 133. Such
derivatives, which are classified in unsecured short-term and
unsecured long-term borrowings, had a carrying value of
$973 million and $1.13 billion (excluding the debt
host contract) as of February 2007 and November 2006,
respectively. See Notes 4 and 5 for further information
regarding the firms unsecured borrowings.
|
|
|
Securitization
Activities
|
The firm securitizes commercial and residential mortgages, home
equity and auto loans, government and corporate bonds and other
types of financial assets. The firm acts as underwriter of the
beneficial interests that are sold to investors. The firm
derecognizes financial assets transferred in securitizations
provided it has relinquished control over such assets.
Transferred assets are accounted for at fair value prior to
securitization. Net revenues related to these underwriting
activities are recognized in connection with the sales of the
underlying beneficial interests to investors.
The firm may retain interests in securitized financial assets,
primarily in the form of senior or subordinated securities,
including residual interests. Retained interests are accounted
for at fair value and are included in Total financial
instruments owned, at fair value in the condensed
consolidated statements of financial condition.
During the three months ended February 2007, the firm
securitized $31.69 billion of financial assets, consisting
of $16.89 billion in residential mortgage securitizations
and $14.80 billion in other securitizations, primarily
collateralized debt obligations (CDOs). During the three months
ended February 2006, the firm securitized
$19.25 billion of financial assets, consisting of
$18.15 billion in residential mortgage securitizations and
$1.10 billion in CDOs and other securitizations. Cash flows
received on retained interests were approximately
$175 million and $211 million for the three months
ended February 2007 and February 2006, respectively.
As of February 2007 and November 2006, the firm held
$9.81 billion and $7.08 billion of retained interests,
respectively, including $4.51 billion and
$5.18 billion, respectively, held in QSPEs.
25
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
The following table sets forth the weighted average key economic
assumptions used in measuring the fair value of the firms
retained interests and the sensitivity of this fair value to
immediate adverse changes of 10% and 20% in those assumptions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of February
2007
|
|
As of November
2006
|
|
|
Type of Retained
Interests
|
|
Type of Retained
Interests
|
|
|
Mortgage-
|
|
|
|
Corporate
|
|
Mortgage-
|
|
|
|
Corporate
|
|
|
Backed
|
|
CDOs
|
|
Debt (3)
|
|
Backed
|
|
CDOs
|
|
Debt (3)
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
Fair value of retained interests
|
|
$
|
3,347
|
|
|
$
|
5,345
|
|
|
$
|
1,118
|
|
|
$
|
4,013
|
|
|
$
|
1,973
|
|
|
$
|
1,097
|
|
Weighted average life (years)
|
|
|
5.5
|
|
|
|
5.4
|
|
|
|
1.9
|
|
|
|
6.0
|
|
|
|
7.0
|
|
|
|
2.2
|
|
Constant prepayment rate
|
|
|
22.7
|
%
|
|
|
25.0
|
%
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
21.2
|
%
|
|
|
24.5
|
%
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Impact of 10% adverse change
|
|
$
|
(137
|
)
|
|
$
|
(5
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(121
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
Impact of 20% adverse change
|
|
|
(240
|
)
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(221
|
)
|
|
|
(6
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Anticipated credit
losses (1)
|
|
|
3.9
|
%
|
|
|
2.3
|
%
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
2.0
|
%
|
|
|
N/A
|
|
Impact of 10% adverse
change (2)
|
|
$
|
(98
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
(81
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
Impact of 20% adverse
change (2)
|
|
|
(176
|
)
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(155
|
)
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rate
|
|
|
10.5
|
%
|
|
|
6.1
|
%
|
|
|
3.9
|
%
|
|
|
9.4
|
%
|
|
|
6.9
|
%
|
|
|
2.4
|
%
|
Impact of 10% adverse change
|
|
$
|
(109
|
)
|
|
$
|
(169
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8
|
)
|
|
$
|
(136
|
)
|
|
$
|
(35
|
)
|
|
$
|
(9
|
)
|
Impact of 20% adverse change
|
|
|
(214
|
)
|
|
|
(327
|
)
|
|
|
(16
|
)
|
|
|
(266
|
)
|
|
|
(70
|
)
|
|
|
(17
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Anticipated credit losses are computed only on positions in
which expected credit loss is a key assumption in the
determination of fair value.
|
|
(2)
|
The impacts of adverse change take into account credit mitigants
incorporated in the retained interests, including
over-collateralization and subordination provisions.
|
|
(3)
|
Includes retained interests in bonds and other types of
financial assets that are not subject to prepayment risk.
|
The preceding table does not give effect to the offsetting
benefit of other financial instruments that are held to mitigate
risks inherent in these retained interests. Changes in fair
value based on an adverse variation in assumptions generally
cannot be extrapolated because the relationship of the change in
assumptions to the change in fair value is not usually linear.
In addition, the impact of a change in a particular assumption
is calculated independently of changes in any other assumption.
In practice, simultaneous changes in assumptions might magnify
or counteract the sensitivities disclosed above.
In addition to the retained interests described above, the firm
also held interests in residential mortgage QSPEs purchased in
connection with secondary market-making activities. These
purchased interests approximated $6 billion and
$8 billion as of February 2007 and November 2006,
respectively.
26
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
Variable
Interest Entities (VIEs)
|
The firm, in the ordinary course of business, retains interests
in VIEs in connection with its securitization activities. The
firm also purchases and sells variable interests in VIEs, which
primarily issue mortgage-backed and other asset-backed
securities and CDOs, in connection with its market-making
activities and makes investments in and loans to VIEs that hold
performing and nonperforming debt, equity, real estate,
power-related and other assets. In addition, the firm utilizes
VIEs to provide investors with principal-protected notes,
credit-linked notes and asset-repackaged notes designed to meet
their objectives.
VIEs generally purchase assets by issuing debt and equity
instruments. In certain instances, the firm provides guarantees
to VIEs or holders of variable interests in VIEs. In such cases,
the maximum exposure to loss included in the tables set forth
below is the notional amount of such guarantees. Such amounts do
not represent anticipated losses in connection with these
guarantees.
The firms variable interests in VIEs include senior and
subordinated debt; loan commitments; limited and general
partnership interests; preferred and common stock; interest
rate, foreign currency, equity, commodity and credit
derivatives; guarantees; and residual interests in
mortgage-backed and asset-backed securitization vehicles and
CDOs. The firms exposure to the obligations of VIEs is
generally limited to its interests in these entities.
The following tables set forth total assets in nonconsolidated
VIEs in which the firm holds significant variable interests and
the firms maximum exposure to loss associated with these
interests. The firm has aggregated nonconsolidated VIEs based on
principal business activity, as reflected in the first column.
The nature of the firms variable interests can take
different forms, as described in the columns under maximum
exposure to loss.
27
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of February
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum Exposure
to Loss in Nonconsolidated
VIEs (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchased
|
|
Commitments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VIE
|
|
|
and Retained
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
Loans and
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
Interests
|
|
Guarantees
|
|
Derivatives (3)
|
|
Investments
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
Collateralized debt obligations
|
|
$
|
54,773
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,567
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
11,269
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
16,836
|
|
Real estate, credit-related and
other
investing (2)
|
|
|
16,262
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
119
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
2,088
|
|
|
|
2,213
|
|
Municipal bond securitizations
|
|
|
1,135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,135
|
|
Mortgage-backed and other
asset-backed
|
|
|
98
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
70
|
|
Power-related
|
|
|
3,537
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
249
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
630
|
|
|
|
881
|
|
Principal-protected notes
|
|
|
4,463
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,950
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,950
|
|
Asset repackagings and
credit-linked notes
|
|
|
1,632
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
529
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
81,900
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,569
|
|
|
$
|
1,503
|
|
|
$
|
14,824
|
|
|
$
|
2,718
|
|
|
$
|
24,614
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of November
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum Exposure
to Loss in Nonconsolidated
VIEs (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Purchased
|
|
Commitments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VIE
|
|
|
and Retained
|
|
and
|
|
|
|
Loans and
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
|
Interests
|
|
Guarantees
|
|
Derivatives (3)
|
|
Investments
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
Collateralized debt obligations
|
|
$
|
37,610
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,406
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
9,782
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
12,188
|
|
Real estate, credit-related and
other
investing (2)
|
|
|
16,300
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
113
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
2,088
|
|
|
|
2,209
|
|
Municipal bond securitizations
|
|
|
1,182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,182
|
|
Mortgage-backed and other
asset-backed
|
|
|
8,239
|
|
|
|
|
477
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
66
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
543
|
|
Power-related
|
|
|
3,422
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
597
|
|
|
|
680
|
|
Principal-protected notes
|
|
|
4,363
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,437
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,437
|
|
Asset repackagings and
credit-linked notes
|
|
|
1,360
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
355
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
355
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
72,476
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,893
|
|
|
$
|
1,368
|
|
|
$
|
13,648
|
|
|
$
|
2,685
|
|
|
$
|
20,594
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Such amounts do not represent the anticipated losses in
connection with these transactions.
|
|
|
(2)
|
The firm obtains interests in these VIEs in connection with
making proprietary investments in real estate, distressed loans
and other types of debt, mezzanine instruments and equities. The
transactions included in the above table do not expose the firm
to a majority of the VIEs expected losses or expected
residual returns and, consequently, the firm is not the primary
beneficiary of the VIE. In certain cases, the firm is the
primary beneficiary in these types of transactions (see table of
consolidated VIEs below).
|
|
|
(3)
|
Derivatives related to CDOs consist of total return swaps on
investment-grade securities issued by VIEs and
out-of-the-money
written put options on investment-grade collateral held by VIEs.
Derivatives related to principal-protected notes consist of
out-of-the-money
written put options that provide principal protection to clients
invested in various fund products, with risk to the firm
mitigated through portfolio rebalancing. Derivatives related to
asset repackagings and credit-linked notes consist of interest
rate swaps, equity swaps, commodity swaps and purchased credit
default protection, through which the firm creates structured
notes designed for specific needs of investors. The derivative
transactions included in the above table do not expose the firm
to a majority of the VIEs expected losses or expected
residual returns and, consequently, the firm is not the primary
beneficiary of the VIE. In certain cases, the firm is the
primary beneficiary in these types of transactions (see table of
consolidated VIEs below).
|
28
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
The following table sets forth the firms total assets and
maximum exposure to loss associated with its significant
variable interests in consolidated VIEs where the firm does not
hold a majority voting interest. The firm has aggregated
consolidated VIEs based on principal business activity, as
reflected in the first column.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of February
2007
|
|
As of November
2006
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum
|
|
|
|
Maximum
|
|
|
VIE
|
|
Exposure
|
|
VIE
|
|
Exposure
|
|
|
Assets (1)
|
|
to
Loss (2)
|
|
Assets (1)
|
|
to
Loss (2)
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Real estate, credit-related and
other investing
|
|
$
|
2,329
|
|
|
$
|
1,057
|
|
|
$
|
3,077
|
|
|
$
|
1,368
|
|
Municipal bond securitizations
|
|
|
3,351
|
|
|
|
3,351
|
|
|
|
2,715
|
|
|
|
2,715
|
|
Mortgage-backed and other
asset-backed
|
|
|
68
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
1,537
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Foreign exchange and commodities
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
|
431
|
|
|
|
433
|
|
|
|
340
|
|
Principal-protected notes
|
|
|
1,077
|
|
|
|
998
|
|
|
|
894
|
|
|
|
774
|
|
Asset repackagings and
credit-linked notes
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
388
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
7,620
|
|
|
$
|
5,858
|
|
|
$
|
9,044
|
|
|
$
|
5,253
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Consolidated VIE assets include assets financed on a nonrecourse
basis.
|
|
|
(2)
|
Such amounts do not represent the anticipated losses in
connection with these transactions.
|
|
|
|
Collateralized
Transactions
|
The firm receives financial instruments as collateral, primarily
in connection with resale agreements, securities borrowed,
derivative transactions and customer margin loans. Such
financial instruments may include obligations of the
U.S. government, federal agencies, sovereigns and
corporations, as well as equities and convertibles.
In many cases, the firm is permitted to deliver or repledge
these financial instruments in connection with entering into
repurchase agreements, securities lending agreements and other
secured financings, collateralizing derivative transactions and
meeting firm or customer settlement requirements. As of February
2007 and November 2006, the fair value of financial instruments
received as collateral by the firm that it was permitted to
deliver or repledge was $823.14 billion and
$746.08 billion, respectively, of which the firm delivered
or repledged $713.93 billion and $639.87 billion,
respectively.
The firm also pledges assets that it owns to counterparties who
may or may not have the right to deliver or repledge them.
Financial instruments owned and pledged to counterparties that
have the right to deliver or repledge are reported as
Financial instruments owned and pledged as collateral, at
fair value in the condensed consolidated statements of
financial condition and were $38.66 billion and
$36.00 billion as of February 2007 and November 2006,
respectively. Financial instruments owned and pledged in
connection with repurchase agreements, securities lending
agreements and other secured financings to counterparties that
did not have the right to sell or repledge are included in
Financial instruments owned, at fair value in the
condensed consolidated statements of financial condition and
were $144.98 billion and $134.31 billion as of
February 2007 and November 2006, respectively. Other assets
(primarily real estate, power generation facilities and related
assets, and cash) owned and pledged in connection with other
secured financings to counterparties that did not have the right
to sell or repledge were $5.20 billion and
$5.34 billion as of February 2007 and November 2006,
respectively.
29
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
In addition to repurchase agreements and securities lending
agreements, the firm obtains secured funding through the use of
other arrangements. Other secured financings include
arrangements that are nonrecourse, that is, only the subsidiary
that executed the arrangement or a subsidiary guaranteeing the
arrangement is obligated to repay the financing. Other secured
financings consist of liabilities related to the firms
William Street program, consolidated variable interest entities,
collateralized central bank financings, transfers of financial
assets that are accounted for as financings rather than sales
(primarily pledged bank loans and mortgage whole loans),
consolidated power generation facilities and other structured
financing arrangements.
Other secured financings are set forth in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
February
|
|
November
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Other secured financings
(short-term)
(1)(2)(3)
|
|
$
|
23,605
|
|
|
$
|
24,290
|
|
Other secured financings
(long-term):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
5,252
|
|
|
|
5,535
|
|
2009
|
|
|
775
|
|
|
|
877
|
|
2010
|
|
|
1,763
|
|
|
|
1,894
|
|
2011
|
|
|
5,029
|
|
|
|
5,105
|
|
2012
|
|
|
1,874
|
|
|
|
1,928
|
|
2013-thereafter
|
|
|
9,577
|
|
|
|
10,795
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other secured financings
(long-term)
(4)(5)(6)
|
|
|
24,270
|
|
|
|
26,134
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total other secured financings
(7)
|
|
$
|
47,875
|
|
|
$
|
50,424
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
As of February 2007, consists of U.S. dollar-denominated
financings of $14.41 billion with a weighted average
interest rate of 5.08% and
non-U.S. dollar-denominated
financings of $9.20 billion with a weighted average
interest rate of 1.48%. As of November 2006, consists of
U.S. dollar-denominated financings of $14.28 billion
with a weighted average interest rate of 5.22% and
non-U.S. dollar-denominated
financings of $10.01 billion with a weighted average
interest rate of 2.00%.
|
|
|
(2)
|
Includes $12.13 billion and $3.30 billion accounted
for at fair value under SFAS No. 155 or
SFAS No. 159 as of February 2007 and November 2006,
respectively.
|
|
|
(3)
|
Includes other secured financings maturing within one year of
the financial statement date and other secured financings that
are redeemable within one year of the financial statement date
at the option of the holder.
|
|
|
(4)
|
As of February 2007, consists of U.S. dollar-denominated
financings of $15.64 billion with a weighted average
interest rate of 5.64% and
non-U.S. dollar-denominated
financings of $8.63 billion with a weighted average
interest rate of 3.40%. As of November 2006, consists of
U.S. dollar-denominated financings of $16.97 billion
with a weighted average interest rate of 5.61% and
non-U.S. dollar-denominated
financings of $9.16 billion with a weighted average
interest rate of 3.81%.
|
|
|
(5)
|
Secured long-term financings that are repayable prior to
maturity at the option of the firm are reflected at their
contractual maturity dates. Secured long-term financings that
are redeemable prior to maturity at the option of the holder are
reflected at the dates such options become exercisable.
|
|
|
(6)
|
Includes $6.39 billion accounted for at fair value under
SFAS No. 155 or SFAS No. 159 as of February 2007.
|
|
|
(7)
|
As of February 2007, $44.65 billion of these financings
were collateralized by financial instruments and
$3.23 billion by other assets (primarily real estate, power
generation facilities and related assets, and cash). As of
November 2006, $47.22 billion of these financings were
collateralized by financial instruments and $3.20 billion
by other assets. Other secured financings include
$19.00 billion and $19.79 billion of nonrecourse
obligations as of February 2007 and November 2006, respectively.
|
30
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
Note 4.
|
Unsecured
Short-Term Borrowings
|
The firm obtains unsecured short-term borrowings primarily
through the issuance of promissory notes, commercial paper and
hybrid financial instruments. As of February 2007 and November
2006, these borrowings were $54.06 billion and
$47.90 billion, respectively. Such amounts include the
portion of unsecured long-term borrowings maturing within one
year of the financial statement date and unsecured long-term
borrowings that are redeemable within one year of the financial
statement date at the option of the holder. The firm accounts
for promissory notes, commercial paper and certain hybrid
financial instruments at fair value under SFAS No. 155 or
SFAS No. 159. Short-term borrowings that are not recorded
at fair value are recorded based on the amount of cash received
plus accrued interest, and such amounts approximate fair value
due to the short-term nature of the obligations.
Unsecured short-term borrowings are set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
February
|
|
November
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Promissory notes
|
|
$
|
11,765
|
|
|
$
|
13,811
|
|
Commercial paper
|
|
|
1,592
|
|
|
|
1,489
|
|
Current portion of unsecured
long-term borrowings
|
|
|
18,922
|
|
|
|
14,115
|
|
Hybrid financial instruments
|
|
|
15,878
|
|
|
|
14,060
|
|
Other short-term borrowings
|
|
|
5,905
|
|
|
|
4,429
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total (1)(2)
|
|
$
|
54,062
|
|
|
$
|
47,904
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Includes $34.79 billion and $10.22 billion accounted
for at fair value under SFAS No. 155 or
SFAS No. 159 as of February 2007 and November 2006,
respectively.
|
|
|
(2)
|
The weighted average interest rates for these borrowings were
5.05% and 5.13% as of February 2007 and November 2006,
respectively. The weighted average interest rates, after giving
effect to hedging activities, were 5.21% and 5.16% as of
February 2007 and November 2006, respectively. The weighted
average interest rates as of February 2007 and November 2006
excluded hybrid financial instruments accounted for at fair
value under SFAS No. 155 or SFAS No. 159.
|
31
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
Note 5.
|
Unsecured
Long-Term Borrowings
|
The firm obtains unsecured long-term borrowings that consist
principally of senior borrowings with maturities extending to
2039. As of February 2007 and November 2006, these borrowings
were $132.73 billion and $122.84 billion, respectively.
Unsecured long-term borrowings are set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
February
|
|
November
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Fixed rate obligations
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. dollar
|
|
$
|
42,435
|
|
|
$
|
41,719
|
|
Non-U.S. dollar
|
|
|
23,545
|
|
|
|
22,854
|
|
Floating rate obligations
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. dollar
|
|
|
44,201
|
|
|
|
38,342
|
|
Non-U.S. dollar
|
|
|
22,551
|
|
|
|
19,927
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total (3)
|
|
$
|
132,732
|
|
|
$
|
122,842
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
As of both February 2007 and November 2006, interest rates on
U.S. dollar fixed rate obligations ranged from 3.88% to
12.00%. As of both February 2007 and November 2006, interest
rates on
non-U.S. dollar
fixed rate obligations ranged from 0.31% to 8.88%.
|
|
|
(2)
|
Floating interest rates generally are based on LIBOR or the
federal funds target rate. Certain equity-linked and indexed
instruments are included in floating rate obligations.
|
|
|
(3)
|
Includes $14.20 billion and $7.25 billion accounted
for at fair value under SFAS No. 155 or
SFAS No. 159 as of February 2007 and November 2006,
respectively, primarily consisting of hybrid financial
instruments.
|
Unsecured long-term borrowings by maturity date are set forth
below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
February 2007
(1)(2)
|
|
November 2006
(1)(2)
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
Non-U.S.
|
|
|
|
U.S.
|
|
Non-U.S.
|
|
|
|
|
Dollar
|
|
Dollar
|
|
Total
|
|
Dollar
|
|
Dollar
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
2008
|
|
$
|
9,055
|
|
|
$
|
2,056
|
|
|
$
|
11,111
|
|
|
$
|
14,848
|
|
|
$
|
3,038
|
|
|
$
|
17,886
|
|
2009
|
|
|
16,112
|
|
|
|
2,632
|
|
|
|
18,744
|
|
|
|
12,398
|
|
|
|
2,978
|
|
|
|
15,376
|
|
2010
|
|
|
5,990
|
|
|
|
4,872
|
|
|
|
10,862
|
|
|
|
5,034
|
|
|
|
4,945
|
|
|
|
9,979
|
|
2011
|
|
|
5,826
|
|
|
|
4,337
|
|
|
|
10,163
|
|
|
|
5,675
|
|
|
|
4,389
|
|
|
|
10,064
|
|
2012
|
|
|
7,199
|
|
|
|
2,925
|
|
|
|
10,124
|
|
|
|
4,500
|
|
|
|
2,098
|
|
|
|
6,598
|
|
2013-thereafter
|
|
|
42,454
|
|
|
|
29,274
|
|
|
|
71,728
|
|
|
|
37,606
|
|
|
|
25,333
|
|
|
|
62,939
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
86,636
|
|
|
$
|
46,096
|
|
|
$
|
132,732
|
|
|
$
|
80,061
|
|
|
$
|
42,781
|
|
|
$
|
122,842
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Unsecured long-term borrowings maturing within one year of the
financial statement date and certain unsecured
long-term
borrowings that are redeemable within one year of the financial
statement date at the option of the holder are included as
unsecured short-term borrowings in the condensed consolidated
statements of financial condition.
|
|
|
(2)
|
Unsecured long-term borrowings that are repayable prior to
maturity at the option of the firm are reflected at their
contractual maturity dates. Unsecured long-term borrowings that
are redeemable prior to maturity at the option of the holder are
reflected at the dates such options become exercisable.
|
32
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
The firm enters into derivative contracts, such as interest rate
futures contracts, interest rate swap agreements, currency swap
agreements, and equity-linked and indexed contracts, to
effectively convert a substantial portion of its unsecured
long-term borrowings into U.S. dollar-based floating rate
obligations. Accordingly, the carrying value of unsecured
long-term borrowings approximated fair value as of February 2007
and November 2006.
The effective weighted average interest rates for unsecured
long-term borrowings are set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
February
2007
|
|
November
2006
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
Rate
|
|
Amount
|
|
Rate
|
|
|
($ in millions)
|
|
Fixed rate obligations
|
|
$
|
1,964
|
|
|
|
6.16
|
%
|
|
$
|
1,997
|
|
|
|
6.13
|
%
|
Floating rate
obligations (1)(2)
|
|
|
130,768
|
|
|
|
5.78
|
|
|
|
120,845
|
|
|
|
5.75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
132,732
|
|
|
|
5.79
|
|
|
$
|
122,842
|
|
|
|
5.75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Includes fixed rate obligations that have been converted into
floating rate obligations through derivative contracts.
|
|
|
(2)
|
The weighted average interest rates as of February 2007 and
November 2006 excluded hybrid financial instruments accounted
for at fair value under SFAS No. 155 or SFAS
No. 159.
|
Subordinated
Borrowings
Unsecured long-term borrowings include $9.61 billion and
$7.51 billion of subordinated borrowings as of February
2007 and November 2006, respectively, as set forth below.
Subordinated Notes. As of February 2007, the
firm had $6.77 billion of subordinated notes outstanding
with maturities ranging from 2008 to 2036. The effective
weighted average interest rate on these subordinated notes was
6.07%, after giving effect to derivative contracts used to
convert fixed rate obligations into floating rate obligations.
As of November 2006, the firm had $4.67 billion of
subordinated notes outstanding with maturities ranging from 2007
to 2036 and with an effective weighted average interest rate of
6.24%. These notes are junior in right of payment to all of the
firms senior indebtedness.
Junior Subordinated Debentures. The firm
issued $2.84 billion of junior subordinated debentures in
its first quarter of 2004 to Goldman Sachs Capital Trust I
(the Trust), a Delaware statutory trust created for the
exclusive purposes of (i) issuing $2.75 billion of
guaranteed preferred beneficial interests and $85 million
of common beneficial interests in the Trust, (ii) investing
the proceeds from the sale to purchase junior subordinated
debentures issued by the firm and (iii) engaging in only
those other activities necessary or incidental to these
purposes. The preferred beneficial interests were purchased by
third parties, and, as of February 2007 and November 2006, the
firm held all the common beneficial interests. The Trust is a
wholly owned finance subsidiary of the firm for regulatory and
legal purposes but is not consolidated for accounting purposes.
The firm pays interest semiannually on these debentures at an
annual rate of 6.345% and the debentures mature on
February 15, 2034. The coupon rate and the payment dates
applicable to the beneficial interests are the same as the
interest rate and payment dates applicable to the debentures.
The firm has the right, from time to time, to defer payment of
interest on the debentures, and, therefore, cause payment on the
Trusts preferred beneficial interests to be deferred, in
each case up to ten consecutive semiannual periods. During any
such extension period, the firm will not be permitted to, among
other things, pay dividends on or make certain repurchases of
its common stock.
33
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
The Trust is not permitted to pay any distributions on the
common beneficial interests held by the firm unless all
dividends payable on the preferred beneficial interests have
been paid in full. These notes are junior in right of payment to
all of the firms senior indebtedness and all of the
firms subordinated notes (described above). See
Note 6 for information regarding the firms guarantee
of the preferred beneficial interests issued by the Trust.
|
|
Note 6.
|
Commitments,
Contingencies and Guarantees
|
Commitments
Forward Starting Collateralized Agreements and
Financings. The firm had forward starting resale
agreements and securities borrowing agreements of
$18.43 billion and $18.29 billion as of February 2007
and November 2006, respectively. The firm had forward starting
repurchase agreements and securities lending agreements of
$30.59 billion and $17.15 billion as of February 2007
and November 2006, respectively.
Commitments to Extend Credit. In connection
with its lending activities, the firm had outstanding
commitments to extend credit of $87.64 billion and
$100.48 billion as of February 2007 and November 2006,
respectively. The firms commitments to extend credit are
agreements to lend to counterparties that have fixed termination
dates and are contingent on the satisfaction of all conditions
to borrowing set forth in the contract. Since these commitments
may expire unused or be reduced or cancelled at the
counterpartys request, the total commitment amount does
not necessarily reflect the actual future cash flow
requirements. The firm accounts for these commitments at fair
value.
The following table summarizes the firms commitments to
extend credit as of February 2007 and November 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
February
|
|
November
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
William Street program
|
|
$
|
19,256
|
|
|
$
|
18,831
|
|
Other commercial lending
commitments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment-grade
|
|
|
13,880
|
|
|
|
7,604
|
|
Non-investment-grade
|
|
|
39,119
|
|
|
|
57,017
|
|
Warehouse financing
|
|
|
15,388
|
|
|
|
17,026
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total commitments to extend credit
|
|
$
|
87,643
|
|
|
$
|
100,478
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William Street program. Substantially all of
the commitments provided under the William Street credit
extension program are to investment-grade corporate borrowers.
Commitments under the program are primarily extended by William
Street Commitment Corporation (Commitment Corp.), a consolidated
wholly owned subsidiary of Group Inc. whose assets and
liabilities are legally separated from other assets and
liabilities of the firm, and, to a lesser extent, by William
Street Credit Corporation, another consolidated wholly owned
subsidiary of Group Inc. A majority of the commitments extended
by Commitment Corp. are supported by funding raised by William
Street Funding Corporation (Funding Corp.), another consolidated
wholly owned subsidiary of Group Inc. whose assets and
liabilities are also legally separated from other assets and
liabilities of the firm. The assets of Commitment Corp. and of
Funding Corp. will not be available to their respective
shareholders until the claims of their respective creditors have
been paid. In addition, no affiliate of either Commitment Corp.
or Funding Corp.,
|
34
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
except in limited cases as expressly agreed in writing, is
responsible for any obligation of either entity. With respect to
substantially all of the William Street commitments, Sumitomo
Mitsui Financial Group, Inc. (SMFG) provides the firm with
credit loss protection that is generally limited to 95% of the
first loss the firm realizes on approved loan commitments, up to
a maximum of $1.00 billion. In addition, subject to the
satisfaction of certain conditions, upon the firms
request, SMFG will provide protection for 70% of the second loss
on such commitments, up to a maximum of $1.13 billion. The
firm also uses other financial instruments to mitigate credit
risks related to certain William Street commitments not covered
by SMFG.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other commercial lending commitments. In
addition to the commitments issued under the William Street
credit extension program, the firm extends other credit
commitments, primarily in connection with contingent acquisition
financing and other types of corporate lending. The total
commitment amount does not necessarily reflect the actual future
cash flow requirements, as the firm often syndicates all or
substantial portions of these commitments, the commitments may
expire unused, or the commitments may be cancelled or reduced at
the request of the counterparty. In addition, commitments that
are extended for contingent acquisition financing are often
short-term in nature, as borrowers often replace them with other
funding sources.
|
|
|
|
Warehouse financing. The firm provides
financing for the warehousing of financial assets to be
securitized, primarily in connection with CDOs and mortgage
securitizations. These financings are expected to be repaid from
the proceeds of the related securitizations for which the firm
may or may not act as underwriter. These arrangements are
secured by the warehoused assets, primarily consisting of
mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities, residential
and commercial mortgages and corporate debt instruments.
|
Letters of Credit. The firm provides letters
of credit issued by various banks to counterparties in lieu of
securities or cash to satisfy various collateral and margin
deposit requirements. Letters of credit outstanding were
$6.05 billion and $5.73 billion as of February 2007
and November 2006, respectively.
Merchant Banking Commitments. The firm acts as
an investor in merchant banking transactions, which includes
making long-term investments in equity and debt instruments in
privately negotiated transactions, corporate acquisitions and
real estate transactions. In connection with these activities,
the firm had commitments to invest up to $12.44 billion and
$6.36 billion in corporate and real estate investment funds
as of February 2007 and November 2006, respectively.
Construction-Related Commitments. As of
February 2007 and November 2006, the firm had
construction-related commitments of $1.88 billion and
$1.63 billion, respectively, including commitments of
$986 million and $1.07 billion, respectively, related
to the development of wind energy projects. Construction-related
commitments also include outstanding commitments of
$835 million and $500 million as of February 2007 and
November 2006, respectively, related to the firms new
world headquarters in New York City, which is expected to cost
between $2.3 billion and $2.5 billion.
Underwriting Commitments. As of February 2007
and November 2006, the firm had commitments to purchase
$1.07 billion and $2.62 billion, respectively, of
securities in connection with its underwriting activities.
35
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Other. The firm had other purchase commitments
of $388 million and $393 million as of February 2007
and November 2006, respectively. In addition, the firm had other
investment commitments of $1.40 billion and
$1.88 billion as of February 2007 and November 2006,
respectively.
In March 2007, the firm entered into an agreement to sell its
interest in Horizon Wind Energy LLC to Energias de Portugal,
S.A., subject to the receipt of regulatory approvals and other
closing conditions. The transaction is expected to close during
the firms third quarter of 2007, and depending on the
level of net revenues in such period, the resulting gain may be
material to the firms results of operations.
Leases. The firm has contractual obligations
under long-term noncancelable lease agreements, principally for
office space, expiring on various dates through 2069. Certain
agreements are subject to periodic escalation provisions for
increases in real estate taxes and other charges. Future minimum
rental payments, net of minimum sublease rentals, and rent
charged to operating expense are set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Minimum rental payments
|
|
|
|
|
Remainder of 2007
|
|
$
|
469
|
|
2008
|
|
|
412
|
|
2009
|
|
|
418
|
|
2010
|
|
|
335
|
|
2011
|
|
|
278
|
|
2012-thereafter
|
|
|
2,165
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
4,077
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contingencies
The firm is involved in a number of judicial, regulatory and
arbitration proceedings concerning matters arising in connection
with the conduct of its businesses. Management believes, based
on currently available information, that the results of such
proceedings, in the aggregate, will not have a material adverse
effect on the firms financial condition, but may be
material to the firms operating results for any particular
period, depending, in part, upon the operating results for such
period. Given the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome
of the firms litigation and regulatory matters,
particularly in cases or proceedings in which substantial or
indeterminate damages or fines are sought, the firm cannot
estimate losses or ranges of losses for cases or proceedings
where there is only a reasonable possibility that a loss may be
incurred.
In connection with its insurance business, the firm is
contingently liable to provide guaranteed minimum death and
income benefits to certain contract holders and has established
a reserve related to $7.96 billion and $8.04 billion
of contract holder account balances as of February 2007 and
November 2006, respectively, for such benefits. The weighted
average attained age of these contract holders was 71 years
and 70 years as of February 2007 and November 2006,
respectively. The net amount at risk, representing guaranteed
minimum death benefits in excess of contract holder account
balances, was $1.12 billion and $1.27 billion as of
February 2007 and November 2006, respectively. See Note 10
for more information on the firms insurance liabilities.
36
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Guarantees
The firm enters into various derivative contracts that meet the
definition of a guarantee under FIN No. 45,
Guarantors Accounting and Disclosure Requirements
for Guarantees, Including Indirect Guarantees of Indebtedness of
Others. Such derivative contracts include credit default
and total return swaps, written equity and commodity put
options, written currency contracts and interest rate caps,
floors and swaptions. FIN No. 45 does not require
disclosures about derivative contracts if such contracts may be
cash settled and the firm has no basis to conclude it is
probable that the counterparties held, at inception, the
underlying instruments related to the derivative contracts. The
firm has concluded that these conditions have been met for
certain large, internationally active commercial and investment
bank end users and certain other users. Accordingly, the firm
has not included such contracts in the tables below.
The firm, in its capacity as an agency lender, indemnifies most
of its securities lending customers against losses incurred in
the event that borrowers do not return securities and the
collateral held is insufficient to cover the market value of the
securities borrowed.
In connection with the firms establishment of the Trust,
Group Inc. effectively provided for the full and unconditional
guarantee of the beneficial interests in the Trust held by third
parties. Timely payment by Group Inc. of interest on the junior
subordinated debentures and other amounts due and performance of
its other obligations under the transaction documents will be
sufficient to cover payments due by the Trust on its beneficial
interests. As a result, management believes that it is unlikely
the firm will have to make payments related to the Trust other
than those required under the junior subordinated debentures and
in connection with certain expenses incurred by the Trust.
In the ordinary course of business, the firm provides other
financial guarantees of the obligations of third parties (e.g.,
performance bonds, standby letters of credit and other
guarantees to enable clients to complete transactions and
merchant banking fund-related guarantees). These guarantees
represent obligations to make payments to beneficiaries if the
guaranteed party fails to fulfill its obligation under a
contractual arrangement with that beneficiary.
37
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
The following tables set forth certain information about the
firms derivative contracts that meet the definition of a
guarantee and certain other guarantees as of February 2007 and
November 2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of February
2007
|
|
|
|
Maximum
Payout/Notional Amount by Period of
Expiration (6)
|
|
|
|
Remainder
|
|
|
2008-
|
|
|
2010-
|
|
|
2012-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
of 2007
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
Derivatives (1)
|
|
$
|
382,262
|
|
|
$
|
552,858
|
|
|
$
|
469,145
|
|
|
$
|
459,728
|
|
|
$
|
1,863,993
|
|
Securities lending
indemnifications (2)
|
|
|
23,765
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23,765
|
|
Performance
bonds (3)
|
|
|
14,067
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,067
|
|
Guarantees of trust preferred
beneficial
interest (4)
|
|
|
87
|
|
|
|
349
|
|
|
|
349
|
|
|
|
6,676
|
|
|
|
7,461
|
|
Other financial
guarantees (5)
|
|
|
581
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
856
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of November
2006
|
|
|
|
Maximum
Payout/Notional Amount by Period of
Expiration (6)
|
|
|
|
Remainder
|
|
|
2008-
|
|
|
2010-
|
|
|
2012-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2011
|
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
|
Derivatives (1)
|
|
$
|
379,256
|
|
|
$
|
428,258
|
|
|
$
|
460,088
|
|
|
$
|
399,449
|
|
|
$
|
1,667,051
|
|
Securities lending
indemnifications (2)
|
|
|
19,023
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19,023
|
|
Performance bonds
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Guarantees of trust preferred
beneficial
interest (4)
|
|
|
174
|
|
|
|
349
|
|
|
|
349
|
|
|
|
6,676
|
|
|
|
7,548
|
|
Other financial
guarantees (5)
|
|
|
592
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
853
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
The aggregate carrying value of these derivatives as of February
2007 was an asset of $4.31 billion, consisting of contracts
with an asset value of $13.50 billion and contracts with a
liability value of $9.19 billion. The aggregate carrying
value of these derivatives as of November 2006 was an asset of
$1.12 billion, consisting of contracts with an asset value
of $11.06 billion and contracts with a liability value of
$9.94 billion. The carrying value excludes the effect of a
legal right of setoff that may exist under an enforceable
netting agreement.
|
|
|
(2)
|
Collateral held by the lenders in connection with securities
lending indemnifications was $24.61 billion and
$19.70 billion as of February 2007 and November 2006,
respectively.
|
|
|
(3)
|
Excludes collateral of $4.51 billion related to these
obligations.
|
|
|
(4)
|
Includes the guarantee of all payments scheduled to be made over
the life of the Trust, which could be shortened in the event the
firm redeems the junior subordinated debentures issued to fund
the Trust. See Note 5 for further information regarding the
Trust.
|
|
|
(5)
|
The carrying value of these guarantees was a liability of
$14 million and $15 million as of February 2007 and
November 2006, respectively.
|
|
|
(6)
|
Such amounts do not represent the anticipated losses in
connection with these contracts.
|
In the ordinary course of business, the firm indemnifies and
guarantees certain service providers, such as clearing and
custody agents, trustees and administrators, against specified
potential losses in connection with their acting as an agent of,
or providing services to, the firm or its affiliates. The firm
also indemnifies some clients against potential losses incurred
in the event specified third-party service providers, including
sub-custodians
and third-party brokers, improperly execute transactions. In
addition, the firm is a member of payment, clearing and
settlement networks as well as securities exchanges around the
world that may require the firm to meet the obligations of such
networks and exchanges in the event of member defaults. In
connection with its prime brokerage and clearing businesses, the
firm agrees to clear and settle on behalf of its clients the
transactions entered into by them with other brokerage firms.
The firms obligations in respect of such transactions are
secured by the assets in the clients account as well as
any proceeds received from the
38
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
transactions cleared and settled by the firm on behalf of the
client. In connection with joint venture investments, the firm
may issue loan guarantees under which it may be liable in the
event of fraud, misappropriation, environmental liabilities and
certain other matters involving the borrower. The firm is unable
to develop an estimate of the maximum payout under these
guarantees and indemnifications. However, management believes
that it is unlikely the firm will have to make any material
payments under these arrangements, and no liabilities related to
these guarantees and indemnifications have been recognized in
the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition as
of February 2007 and November 2006.
The firm provides representations and warranties to
counterparties in connection with a variety of commercial
transactions and occasionally indemnifies them against potential
losses caused by the breach of those representations and
warranties. The firm may also provide indemnifications
protecting against changes in or adverse application of certain
U.S. tax laws in connection with ordinary-course
transactions such as securities issuances, borrowings or
derivatives. In addition, the firm may provide indemnifications
to some counterparties to protect them in the event additional
taxes are owed or payments are withheld, due either to a change
in or an adverse application of certain
non-U.S. tax
laws. These indemnifications generally are standard contractual
terms and are entered into in the ordinary course of business.
Generally, there are no stated or notional amounts included in
these indemnifications, and the contingencies triggering the
obligation to indemnify are not expected to occur. The firm is
unable to develop an estimate of the maximum payout under these
guarantees and indemnifications. However, management believes
that it is unlikely the firm will have to make any material
payments under these arrangements, and no liabilities related to
these arrangements have been recognized in the condensed
consolidated statements of financial condition as of February
2007 and November 2006.
|
|
Note 7.
|
Shareholders
Equity
|
On March 12, 2007, the Board of Directors of Group Inc.
(the Board) declared a dividend of $0.35 per common share
with respect to the firms first quarter of 2007 to be paid
on May 24, 2007, to common shareholders of record on
April 24, 2007.
During the three months ended February 2007, the firm
repurchased 13.0 million shares of its common stock at a
total cost of $2.69 billion. The average price paid per
share for repurchased shares was $207.26 for the three months
ended February 2007. In addition, to satisfy minimum statutory
employee tax withholding requirements related to the delivery of
common stock underlying restricted stock units, the firm
cancelled 4.7 million restricted stock units with a total
value of $927 million in the first quarter of 2007.
The firms share repurchase program is intended to help
maintain the appropriate level of common equity and to
substantially offset increases in share count over time
resulting from employee share-based compensation. The repurchase
program is effected primarily through regular open-market
purchases and is influenced by the firms overall capital
position (i.e., the comparison of the firms capital
requirements to its available capital), general market
conditions and the prevailing price and trading volumes of the
firms common stock.
39
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
As of February 2007, the firm had 124,000 shares of
perpetual non-cumulative preferred stock outstanding in four
series as set forth in the following table:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
|
Earliest
|
|
Redemption
Value
|
Series
|
|
Issued
|
|
Authorized
|
|
Dividend
Rate
|
|
Redemption
Date
|
|
(in
millions)
|
|
A
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
3 month LIBOR + 0.75%,
with floor of 3.75% per annum
|
|
April 25, 2010
|
|
$
|
750
|
|
B
|
|
32,000
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
6.20% per annum
|
|
October 31, 2010
|
|
|
800
|
|
C
|
|
8,000
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
3 month LIBOR + 0.75%,
with floor of 4% per annum
|
|
October 31, 2010
|
|
|
200
|
|
D
|
|
54,000
|
|
|
60,000
|
|
|
3 month LIBOR + 0.67%,
with floor of 4% per annum
|
|
May 24, 2011
|
|
|
1,350
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
124,000
|
|
|
185,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each share of preferred stock has a par value of $0.01, has a
liquidation preference of $25,000, is represented by 1,000
depositary shares and is redeemable at the firms option at
a redemption price equal to $25,000 plus declared and unpaid
dividends. Dividends on each series of preferred stock, if
declared, are payable quarterly in arrears. The firms
ability to declare or pay dividends on, or purchase, redeem or
otherwise acquire, its common stock is subject to certain
restrictions in the event that the firm fails to pay or set
aside full dividends on the preferred stock for the latest
completed dividend period. All preferred stock also has a
preference over the firms common stock upon liquidation.
On March 12, 2007, the Board declared a dividend per
preferred share of $369.15, $387.50, $369.15 and $364.31 for
Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D
preferred stock, respectively, to be paid on May 10, 2007
to preferred shareholders of record on April 25, 2007.
The following table sets forth the firms accumulated other
comprehensive income by type:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
February
|
|
November
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Currency translation adjustment,
net of tax
|
|
$
|
34
|
|
|
$
|
29
|
|
Minimum pension liability
adjustment, net of tax
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
|
|
(38
|
)
|
Net gains on cash flow hedges, net
of tax
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Net unrealized gains on
available-for-sale
securities, net of tax
|
|
|
18
|
(1)
|
|
|
28
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total accumulated other
comprehensive income, net of tax
|
|
$
|
18
|
|
|
$
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Consists of net unrealized gains of $1 million on
available-for-sale
securities held by the firms insurance subsidiaries and
net unrealized gains of $17 million on
available-for-sale
securities held by investees accounted for under the equity
method.
|
40
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
Note 8.
|
Earnings Per
Common Share
|
The computations of basic and diluted earnings per common share
are set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Ended
February
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(in millions,
except
|
|
|
per share amounts)
|
|
Numerator for basic and diluted
EPS net earnings applicable to
common shareholders
|
|
$
|
3,148
|
|
|
$
|
2,453
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator for basic
EPS weighted average number of common shares
|
|
|
444.5
|
|
|
|
457.3
|
|
Effect of dilutive securities
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted stock units
|
|
|
11.7
|
|
|
|
10.9
|
|
Stock options
|
|
|
15.7
|
|
|
|
15.1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilutive potential common shares
|
|
|
27.4
|
|
|
|
26.0
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Denominator for diluted
EPS weighted average number of common
shares and dilutive potential common shares
|
|
|
471.9
|
|
|
|
483.3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic EPS
|
|
$
|
7.08
|
|
|
$
|
5.36
|
|
Diluted EPS
|
|
|
6.67
|
|
|
|
5.08
|
|
(1)
There were no anti-dilutive securities during the three months
ended February 2007 or February 2006.
|
|
Note 9.
|
Goodwill and
Identifiable Intangible Assets
|
Goodwill
The following table sets forth the carrying value of the
firms goodwill by operating segment, which is included in
Other assets in the condensed consolidated
statements of financial condition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
February
|
|
November
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Investment Banking
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Advisory
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
Trading and Principal Investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FICC
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
Equities (1)
|
|
|
2,381
|
|
|
|
2,381
|
|
Principal Investments
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Asset Management and Securities
Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset
Management (2)
|
|
|
421
|
|
|
|
421
|
|
Securities Services
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,181
|
|
|
$
|
3,184
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Primarily related to SLK LLC (SLK).
|
|
|
(2)
|
Primarily related to The Ayco Company, L.P. (Ayco).
|
41
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Identifiable
Intangible Assets
The following table sets forth the gross carrying amount,
accumulated amortization and net carrying amount of the
firms identifiable intangible assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
|
February
|
|
November
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Customer
lists (1)
|
|
Gross carrying amount
|
|
$
|
1,034
|
|
|
$
|
1,034
|
|
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(310
|
)
|
|
|
(297
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
|
$
|
724
|
|
|
$
|
737
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Power
contracts (2)
|
|
Gross carrying amount
|
|
$
|
697
|
|
|
$
|
750
|
|
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
|
|
(83
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
|
$
|
605
|
|
|
$
|
667
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
New York Stock
|
|
Gross carrying amount
|
|
$
|
714
|
|
|
$
|
714
|
|
Exchange (NYSE)
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(182
|
)
|
|
|
(172
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
specialist rights
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
|
$
|
532
|
|
|
$
|
542
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Insurance-related
|
|
Gross carrying amount
|
|
$
|
419
|
|
|
$
|
396
|
|
assets (3)
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(50
|
)
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
|
$
|
369
|
|
|
$
|
362
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exchange-traded
|
|
Gross carrying amount
|
|
$
|
138
|
|
|
$
|
138
|
|
fund (ETF)
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(34
|
)
|
|
|
(33
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
specialist rights
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
|
$
|
104
|
|
|
$
|
105
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other (4)
|
|
Gross carrying amount
|
|
$
|
336
|
|
|
$
|
335
|
|
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(258
|
)
|
|
|
(246
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
|
$
|
78
|
|
|
$
|
89
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Gross carrying amount
|
|
$
|
3,338
|
|
|
$
|
3,367
|
|
|
|
Accumulated amortization
|
|
|
(926
|
)
|
|
|
(865
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net carrying amount
|
|
$
|
2,412
|
|
|
$
|
2,502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Primarily includes the firms clearance and execution and
NASDAQ customer lists related to SLK and financial counseling
customer lists related to Ayco.
|
|
|
(2)
|
Primarily relates to above-market power contracts of
consolidated power generation facilities related to Cogentrix
Energy, Inc. and National Energy & Gas Transmission,
Inc. (NEGT). Substantially all of these power contracts have
been pledged to counterparties in connection with the
firms secured financings. The weighted average remaining
life of these power contracts is approximately 11 years.
|
|
|
(3)
|
Consists of VOBA and DAC. VOBA represents the present value of
estimated future gross profits of the variable annuity and
variable life insurance business acquired in 2006. DAC results
from commissions paid by the firm to the primary insurer (ceding
company) on life and annuity reinsurance agreements as
compensation to place the business with the firm and to cover
the ceding companys acquisition expenses. VOBA and DAC are
amortized over the estimated life of the underlying contracts
based on estimated gross profits, and amortization is adjusted
based on actual experience. The weighted average remaining
amortization period for VOBA and DAC is seven years as of
February 2007.
|
|
|
(4)
|
Primarily includes marketing and technology-related assets.
|
42
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Substantially all of the firms identifiable intangible
assets are considered to have finite lives and are amortized
over their estimated useful lives. The weighted average
remaining life of the firms identifiable intangibles is
approximately 12 years.
Amortization expense associated with identifiable intangible
assets was $68 million and $44 million for the three
months ended February 2007 and February 2006, respectively.
Amortization expense associated with the firms
consolidated power generation facilities is reported within
Cost of power generation in the condensed
consolidated statements of earnings.
The estimated future amortization for existing identifiable
intangible assets through 2012 is set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Remainder of 2007
|
|
$
|
199
|
|
2008
|
|
|
225
|
|
2009
|
|
|
210
|
|
2010
|
|
|
201
|
|
2011
|
|
|
193
|
|
2012
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
|
Note 10.
|
Other Assets and
Other Liabilities
|
Other
Assets
Other assets are generally less liquid, nonfinancial assets. The
following table sets forth the firms other assets by type:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
February
|
|
November
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Goodwill and identifiable
intangible
assets (1)
|
|
$
|
5,593
|
|
|
$
|
5,686
|
|
Property, leasehold improvements
and
equipment (2)
|
|
|
7,311
|
|
|
|
6,990
|
|
Equity-method investments
|
|
|
2,950
|
|
|
|
2,764
|
|
Income tax-related assets
|
|
|
3,029
|
|
|
|
3,427
|
|
Miscellaneous receivables and other
|
|
|
3,124
|
|
|
|
3,009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
22,007
|
|
|
$
|
21,876
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
See Note 9 for further information regarding the
firms goodwill and identifiable intangible assets.
|
|
|
(2)
|
Net of accumulated depreciation and amortization of
$5.26 billion and $5.06 billion as of February 2007
and November
2006, respectively.
|
43
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Other
Liabilities
Other liabilities and accrued expenses primarily includes
insurance-related liabilities, minority interest in consolidated
entities, compensation and benefits, income tax-related
liabilities, litigation and regulatory liabilities, deferred
revenue and other payables. The following table sets forth the
firms other liabilities and accrued expenses by type:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
February
|
|
November
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Insurance-related
liabilities (1)
|
|
$
|
11,459
|
|
|
$
|
11,471
|
|
Minority interest
(2)
|
|
|
10,526
|
|
|
|
4,759
|
|
Compensation and benefits
|
|
|
6,255
|
|
|
|
9,165
|
|
Income tax-related liabilities
|
|
|
1,817
|
|
|
|
2,639
|
|
Accrued expenses and other payables
|
|
|
3,668
|
|
|
|
3,832
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
33,725
|
|
|
$
|
31,866
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Insurance-related liabilities are set forth in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
February
|
|
November
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Separate account liabilities
|
|
$
|
7,925
|
|
|
$
|
7,957
|
|
Liabilities for future benefits and
unpaid claims
|
|
|
2,175
|
|
|
|
2,123
|
|
Contract holder account balances
|
|
|
1,116
|
|
|
|
1,134
|
|
Reserves for guaranteed minimum
death and income benefits
|
|
|
243
|
|
|
|
257
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total insurance-related liabilities
|
|
$
|
11,459
|
|
|
$
|
11,471
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Separate account liabilities are offset by separate account
assets, representing segregated contract holder funds under
variable annuity and variable life insurance contracts. Separate
account assets are included in Cash and securities
segregated for regulatory and other purposes in the
condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.
Liabilities for future benefits and unpaid claims include
liabilities arising from reinsurance provided by the firm to
other insurers. The firm had a receivable for $1.36 billion
and $1.33 billion as of February 2007 and November
2006, respectively, related to such reinsurance contracts, which
is reported in Receivables from customers and
counterparties in the condensed consolidated statements of
financial condition. In addition, the firm has ceded risks to
reinsurers related to certain of its liabilities for future
benefits and unpaid claims and had a receivable of
$784 million and $786 million as of February 2007 and
November 2006, respectively, related to such reinsurance
contracts, which is reported in Receivables from customers
and counterparties in the condensed consolidated
statements of financial condition. Contracts to cede risks to
reinsurers do not relieve the firm from its obligations to
contract holders.
Reserves for guaranteed minimum death and income benefits
represent a liability for the expected value of guaranteed
benefits in excess of projected annuity account balances. These
reserves are computed in accordance with AICPA Statement of
Position
03-1,
Accounting and Reporting by Insurance Enterprises for
Certain Nontraditional Long-Duration Contracts and for Separate
Accounts, and are based on total payments expected to be
made less total fees expected to be assessed over the life of
the contract.
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
Includes $9.11 billion and $3.31 billion related to
consolidated investment funds as of February 2007 and
November 2006, respectively.
|
44
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
Note 11.
|
Employee Benefit
Plans
|
The firm sponsors various pension plans and certain other
postretirement benefit plans, primarily healthcare and life
insurance. The firm also provides certain benefits to former or
inactive employees prior to retirement.
Defined
Benefit Pension Plans and Postretirement Plans
Employees of certain
non-U.S. subsidiaries
participate in various defined benefit pension plans. These
plans generally provide benefits based on years of credited
service and a percentage of the employees eligible
compensation. The firm also maintains a defined benefit pension
plan for substantially all U.S. employees hired prior to
November 1, 2003. As of November 2004, this plan has been
closed to new participants and no further benefits will be
accrued to existing participants. In addition, the firm has
unfunded postretirement benefit plans that provide medical and
life insurance for eligible retirees and their dependents
covered under these programs.
The components of pension expense/(income) and postretirement
expense are set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Ended
February
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
U.S. pension
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
Net amortization
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
(2
|
)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-U.S. pension
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
18
|
|
|
$
|
14
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Expected return on plan assets
|
|
|
(8
|
)
|
|
|
(7
|
)
|
Net amortization
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
20
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Postretirement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service cost
|
|
$
|
5
|
|
|
$
|
4
|
|
Interest cost
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Net amortization
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
14
|
|
|
$
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The firm expects to contribute a minimum of $33 million to
its pension plans and $9 million to its postretirement
plans in 2007.
45
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
Note 12.
|
Transactions with
Affiliated Funds
|
The firm has formed numerous nonconsolidated investment funds
with third-party investors. The firm generally acts as the
investment manager for these funds and, as such, is entitled to
receive management fees and, in certain cases, advisory fees,
incentive fees or overrides from these funds. These fees
amounted to $1.04 billion and $1.22 billion for the
three months ended February 2007 and February 2006,
respectively. As of February 2007 and November 2006, the fees
receivable from these funds were $575 million and
$362 million, respectively. Additionally, the firm may
invest alongside the third-party investors in certain funds. The
aggregate carrying value of the firms interests in these
funds was $5.23 billion and $3.94 billion as of
February 2007 and November 2006, respectively. In the ordinary
course of business, the firm may also engage in other activities
with these funds, including, among others, securities lending,
trade execution, trading and custody. See Note 6 for the
firms commitments related to these funds.
The firm is regulated by the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC) as a Consolidated Supervised Entity (CSE). As
such, it is subject to group-wide supervision and examination by
the SEC and to minimum capital requirements on a consolidated
basis. As of February 2007 and November 2006, the firm was
in compliance with the CSE capital requirements.
The firms principal U.S. regulated subsidiaries
include Goldman, Sachs & Co. (GS&Co.) and Goldman
Sachs Execution & Clearing, L.P. (GSEC). GS&Co. and
GSEC are registered
U.S. broker-dealers
and futures commission merchants subject to
Rule 15c3-1
of the SEC and Rule 1.17 of the Commodity Futures Trading
Commission, which specify uniform minimum net capital
requirements, as defined, for their registrants, and also
require that a significant part of the registrants assets
be kept in relatively liquid form. GS&Co. and GSEC have
elected to compute their minimum capital requirements in
accordance with the Alternative Net Capital
Requirement as permitted by
Rule 15c3-1.
As of February 2007 and November 2006, GS&Co. and GSEC
had net capital in excess of their minimum capital requirements.
In addition to its alternative minimum net capital requirements,
GS&Co. is also required to hold tentative net capital in
excess of $1 billion and net capital in excess of
$500 million in accordance with the market and credit risk
standards of Appendix E of
Rule 15c3-1.
GS&Co. is also required to notify the SEC in the event that
its tentative net capital is less than $5 billion. As of
February 2007 and November 2006, GS&Co. had
tentative net capital and net capital in excess of both the
minimum and the notification requirements.
Goldman Sachs Bank USA (GS Bank), a wholly owned industrial
bank, is regulated by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
and the State of Utah Department of Financial Institutions and
is subject to minimum capital requirements. As of February 2007,
GS Bank was in compliance with all regulatory capital
requirements. GS Bank had approximately $12.81 billion of
interest-bearing deposits as of February 2007, which are
included in Payables to customers and counterparties
in the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.
The firm has U.S. insurance subsidiaries that are subject
to state insurance regulation in the states in which they are
domiciled and in the other states in which they are licensed. In
addition, certain of the firms insurance subsidiaries are
regulated by the Bermuda Registrar of Companies. The firms
insurance subsidiaries were in compliance with all regulatory
capital requirements as of February 2007 and November 2006.
The firms principal
non-U.S. regulated
subsidiaries include Goldman Sachs International (GSI) and
Goldman Sachs Japan Co., Ltd. (GSJCL). GSI, the firms
regulated U.K. broker-dealer, is subject to the capital
requirements of the U.K.s Financial Services Authority.
GSJCL, the firms regulated Japanese broker-dealer, is
subject to the capital requirements of Japans Financial
Services Agency. As of February 2007 and November 2006, GSI
and GSJCL were in compliance with their local capital adequacy
requirements. Certain other
non-U.S. subsidiaries
of the firm are also subject to capital
46
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
adequacy requirements promulgated by authorities of the
countries in which they operate. As of February 2007 and
November 2006, these subsidiaries were in compliance with their
local capital adequacy requirements.
|
|
Note 14.
|
Business
Segments
|
In reporting to management, the firms operating results
are categorized into the following three segments: Investment
Banking, Trading and Principal Investments, and Asset Management
and Securities Services.
Basis of
Presentation
In reporting segments, certain of the firms business lines
have been aggregated where they have similar economic
characteristics and are similar in each of the following areas:
(i) the nature of the services they provide,
(ii) their methods of distribution, (iii) the types of
clients they serve and (iv) the regulatory environments in
which they operate.
The cost drivers of the firm taken as a whole
compensation, headcount and levels of business
activity are broadly similar in each of the
firms business segments. Compensation and benefits
expenses within the firms segments reflect, among other
factors, the overall performance of the firm as well as the
performance of individual business units. Consequently, pre-tax
margins in one segment of the firms business may be
significantly affected by the performance of the firms
other business segments. The timing and magnitude of changes in
the firms bonus accruals can have a significant effect on
segment results in a given period.
The firm allocates revenues and expenses among the three
segments. Due to the integrated nature of the business segments,
estimates and judgments have been made in allocating certain
revenue and expense items. Transactions between segments are
based on specific criteria or approximate third-party rates.
Total operating expenses include corporate items that have not
been allocated to individual business segments. The allocation
process is based on the manner in which management views the
business of the firm.
The segment information presented in the table below is prepared
according to the following methodologies:
|
|
|
|
|
Revenues and expenses directly associated with each segment are
included in determining pre-tax earnings.
|
|
|
|
Net revenues in the firms segments include allocations of
interest income and interest expense to specific securities,
commodities and other positions in relation to the cash
generated by, or funding requirements of, such underlying
positions. Net interest is included within segment net revenues
as it is consistent with the way in which management assesses
segment performance.
|
|
|
|
Overhead expenses not directly allocable to specific segments
are allocated ratably based on direct segment expenses.
|
47
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Segment
Operating Results
Management believes that the following information provides a
reasonable representation of each segments contribution to
consolidated pre-tax earnings and total assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of or for
the
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
February
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Investment
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
1,716
|
|
|
$
|
1,471
|
|
Banking
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
1,294
|
|
|
|
1,189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax earnings
|
|
$
|
422
|
|
|
$
|
282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment assets
|
|
$
|
3,883
|
|
|
$
|
4,717
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trading and Principal
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
9,417
|
|
|
$
|
6,982
|
|
Investments
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
5,394
|
|
|
|
4,427
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax earnings
|
|
$
|
4,023
|
|
|
$
|
2,555
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment assets
|
|
$
|
621,281
|
|
|
$
|
548,746
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset Management and
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
1,597
|
|
|
$
|
1,980
|
|
Securities Services
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
1,183
|
|
|
|
1,099
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax earnings
|
|
$
|
414
|
|
|
$
|
881
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Segment assets
|
|
$
|
287,331
|
|
|
$
|
205,358
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Net
revenues (1)
|
|
$
|
12,730
|
|
|
$
|
10,433
|
|
|
|
Operating
expenses (2)
|
|
|
7,871
|
|
|
|
6,744
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax
earnings (3)
|
|
$
|
4,859
|
|
|
$
|
3,689
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
912,495
|
|
|
$
|
758,821
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Net revenues include net interest as set forth in the table
below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Ended
February
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Investment Banking
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
Trading and Principal Investments
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
|
295
|
|
Asset Management and Securities
Services
|
|
|
464
|
|
|
|
426
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net interest
|
|
$
|
808
|
|
|
$
|
722
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
Includes net provisions for a number of litigation and
regulatory proceedings of $29 million for the three months
ended February 2006 that have not been allocated to the
firms segments.
|
|
|
(3)
|
Pre-tax earnings include total depreciation and amortization as
set forth in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Ended
February
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Investment Banking
|
|
$
|
33
|
|
|
$
|
31
|
|
Trading and Principal Investments
|
|
|
197
|
|
|
|
149
|
|
Asset Management and Securities
Services
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total depreciation and amortization
|
|
$
|
272
|
|
|
$
|
219
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
48
THE GOLDMAN SACHS
GROUP, INC. and SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Continued)
(UNAUDITED)
Geographic
Information
Due to the highly integrated nature of international financial
markets, the firm manages its businesses based on the
profitability of the enterprise as a whole. Accordingly,
management believes that profitability by geographic region is
not necessarily meaningful. In addition, as a significant
portion of the firms activities require cross-border
coordination in order to facilitate the needs of the firms
clients, the methodology for allocating the firms
profitability to geographic regions is dependent on the judgment
of management.
Geographic results are generally allocated as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
Investment Banking: location of the client and investment
banking team.
|
|
|
|
Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities, and
Equities: location of the trading desk.
|
|
|
|
Principal Investments: location of the investment.
|
|
|
|
Asset Management: location of the sales team.
|
|
|
|
Securities Services: location of the primary market for the
underlying security.
|
The following table sets forth the total net revenues of the
firm and its consolidated subsidiaries by geographic region
allocated on the methodology described above:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Ended
February
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Americas (1)
|
|
$
|
6,263
|
|
|
$
|
5,438
|
|
EMEA (2)
|
|
|
4,167
|
|
|
|
3,017
|
|
Asia
|
|
|
2,300
|
|
|
|
1,978
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenues
|
|
$
|
12,730
|
|
|
$
|
10,433
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Substantially all relates to U.S. results.
|
|
|
(2)
|
EMEA (Europe, Middle East and Africa).
|
49
Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Directors and Shareholders of
The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.:
We have reviewed the accompanying condensed consolidated
statement of financial condition of The Goldman Sachs Group,
Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company) as of February 23,
2007, the related condensed consolidated statements of earnings
for the three months ended February 23, 2007 and
February 24, 2006, the condensed consolidated statement of
changes in shareholders equity for the three months ended
February 23, 2007, the condensed consolidated statements of
cash flows for the three months ended February 23, 2007 and
February 24, 2006, and the condensed consolidated
statements of comprehensive income for the three months ended
February 23, 2007 and February 24, 2006. These
condensed consolidated interim financial statements are the
responsibility of the Companys management.
We conducted our review in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). A
review of interim financial information consists principally of
applying analytical procedures and making inquiries of persons
responsible for financial and accounting matters. It is
substantially less in scope than an audit conducted in
accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States), the objective of which is the
expression of an opinion regarding the financial statements
taken as a whole. Accordingly, we do not express such an opinion.
Based on our review, we are not aware of any material
modifications that should be made to the accompanying condensed
consolidated interim financial statements for them to be in
conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the
United States of America.
We have previously audited, in accordance with the standards of
the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States),
the consolidated statement of financial condition as of
November 24, 2006 and the related consolidated statements
of earnings, changes in shareholders equity, cash flows
and comprehensive income for the year then ended,
managements assessment of the effectiveness of the
Companys internal control over financial reporting as of
November 24, 2006 and the effectiveness of the
Companys internal control over financial reporting as of
November 24, 2006; and in our report dated January 31,
2007, we expressed unqualified opinions thereon. The
consolidated financial statements and managements
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting referred to above are not presented herein.
In our opinion, the information set forth in the accompanying
condensed consolidated statement of financial condition as of
November 24, 2006, and the condensed consolidated statement
of changes in shareholders equity for the year ended
November 24, 2006, is fairly stated in all material
respects in relation to the consolidated financial statements
from which it has been derived.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
March 26, 2007
50
|
|
Item 2:
|
Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
|
INDEX
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
No.
|
|
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
55
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
75
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
96
|
|
51
Introduction
Goldman Sachs is a leading global investment banking, securities
and investment management firm that provides a wide range of
services worldwide to a substantial and diversified client base
that includes corporations, financial institutions, governments
and
high-net-worth
individuals.
Our activities are divided into three segments:
|
|
|
|
|
Investment Banking. We provide a broad range
of investment banking services to a diverse group of
corporations, financial institutions, investment funds,
governments and individuals.
|
|
|
|
Trading and Principal Investments. We
facilitate client transactions with a diverse group of
corporations, financial institutions, investment funds,
governments and individuals and take proprietary positions
through market making in, trading of and investing in fixed
income and equity products, currencies, commodities and
derivatives on these products. In addition, we engage in
specialist and market-making activities on equities and options
exchanges and we clear client transactions on major stock,
options and futures exchanges worldwide. In connection with our
merchant banking and other investing activities, we make
principal investments directly and through funds that we raise
and manage.
|
|
|
|
Asset Management and Securities Services. We
provide investment advisory and financial planning services and
offer investment products (primarily through separate accounts
and funds) across all major asset classes to a diverse group of
institutions and individuals worldwide and provide prime
brokerage services, financing services and securities lending
services to institutional clients, including hedge funds, mutual
funds, pension funds and foundations, and to
high-net-worth
individuals worldwide.
|
This Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations should be read in
conjunction with our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended November 24, 2006. References
herein to the Annual Report on
Form 10-K
are to our Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended November 24, 2006.
Unless specifically stated otherwise, all references to February
2007 and February 2006 refer to our fiscal periods ended, or the
dates, as the context requires, February 23, 2007 and
February 24, 2006, respectively. All references to
November 2006, unless specifically stated otherwise, refer to
our fiscal year ended, or the date, as the context requires,
November 24, 2006. All references to 2007, unless
specifically stated otherwise, refer to our fiscal year ending,
or the date, as the context requires, November 30, 2007.
When we use the terms Goldman Sachs, we,
us and our, we mean The Goldman Sachs
Group, Inc. (Group Inc.), a Delaware corporation, and its
consolidated subsidiaries.
52
Executive
Overview
Our diluted earnings per common share were $6.67 for the first
quarter of 2007, compared with $5.08 for the first quarter of
2006. Annualized return on average tangible common
shareholders
equity (1)
was 44.7% and annualized return on average common
shareholders equity was 38.0% for the first quarter of
2007.
During the first quarter of 2007, we generated record quarterly
net revenues, net earnings and diluted earnings per common
share, reflecting strong performance across all of our segments
and regions. Net revenues in Trading and Principal Investments
increased compared with the first quarter of 2006, reflecting
significantly higher net revenues in Principal Investments,
Fixed Income, Currency and Commodities (FICC) and Equities. The
increase in Principal Investments reflected significantly higher
gains and overrides from corporate and real estate principal
investments. Net revenues in Principal Investments included
approximately $500 million in gains in the first quarter of
2007 related to our adoption of SFAS No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements. The increase in FICC
reflected higher net revenues in credit products and mortgages,
while net revenues in commodities, interest rate products and
currencies were also strong. During the quarter, FICC operated
in an environment characterized by strong customer-driven
activity and favorable market opportunities. In addition,
although the subprime sector within the mortgage market
experienced significant weakness, the broader credit environment
remained strong. The increase in Equities was primarily due to
significantly higher net revenues in shares and principal
strategies, reflecting strong results across all regions, while
net revenues in derivatives were also strong. During the
quarter, Equities operated in an environment characterized by
rising equity prices, strong customer-driven activity and
favorable market opportunities. In our trading businesses, we
increased our market risk, particularly in Equities, to
capitalize on these favorable opportunities for our clients and
ourselves. Net revenues in Investment Banking increased compared
with the first quarter of 2006, reflecting significantly higher
net revenues in debt underwriting, as financing activity
remained strong, particularly in leveraged finance. In addition,
net revenues in Financial Advisory were higher, reflecting
continued strong activity levels from both corporate clients and
financial sponsors. Our investment banking backlog increased
during the
quarter. (2)
Net revenues in Asset Management and Securities Services were
lower than the first quarter of 2006, primarily due to
significantly lower incentive fees, partially offset by higher
asset management and other fees, and continued growth in
securities lending and margin lending. During the quarter,
assets under management increased $43 billion or 6% to a
record $719 billion, with net asset inflows of
$35 billion.
Though we generated record operating results in the first
quarter of 2007, our business, by its nature, does not produce
predictable earnings. Our results in any given period may be
materially affected by conditions in global financial markets
and economic conditions generally. For a further discussion of
the factors that may affect our future operating results, see
Risk Factors in Part I, Item 1A of our
Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
|
|
(1)
|
Annualized return on average tangible common shareholders
equity is computed by dividing annualized net earnings
applicable to common shareholders by average monthly tangible
common shareholders equity. See Results
of Operations Financial Overview below for
further information regarding our calculation of annualized
return on average tangible common shareholders equity.
|
|
(2)
|
Our investment banking backlog represents an estimate of our
future net revenues from investment banking transactions where
we believe that future revenue realization is more likely than
not.
|
53
Business
Environment
Global economic conditions remained generally favorable during
our first quarter of fiscal 2007, with global economic growth
remaining solid, although it appeared to slow toward the end of
our quarter. Business and consumer confidence remained at
generally high levels across the worlds major economies,
particularly reflecting the impact of generally lower energy
prices during much of the quarter. Global equity markets broadly
moved higher during our first quarter, with particularly strong
gains in China. In the fixed income markets, yield curves in
both the U.S. and Europe remained relatively flat. In addition,
although the subprime sector within the U.S. mortgage
market experienced significant weakness, corporate credit
spreads narrowed further. In Investment Banking, corporate and
financial sponsor activity remained strong, as mergers and
acquisitions and debt origination levels, particularly leveraged
loan activity, remained at high levels.
In the U.S., economic growth, although lower than in recent
quarters, remained solid, particularly in the first half of our
fiscal quarter, aided by the combination of generally lower
energy prices and unusually warm weather. Unemployment remained
at low levels, ending our fiscal quarter essentially unchanged
from the end of fiscal 2006. While inflationary pressures
appeared to be contained, as reflected in measures of core
inflation, signs of pressure reemerged toward the end of our
fiscal quarter. The U.S. Federal Reserve left its federal
funds target rate unchanged at 5.25% during our fiscal quarter.
Long-term bond yields rose slightly, with the
10-year
U.S. Treasury note yield ending the quarter up
13 basis points at 4.68%. The S&P 500 Index, Dow Jones
Industrial Average and NASDAQ Composite Index increased by 4%,
3% and 2%, respectively, during our fiscal quarter.
In Europe, the pace of economic growth appears to have
accelerated slightly during our fiscal quarter, with an increase
in employment driving stronger domestic demand. The modest
acceleration in economic growth was evident in surveys of
business activity, which remained at high levels during our
fiscal quarter. The European Central Bank increased its main
refinancing operations rate by 25 basis points during the
fiscal quarter to 3.50%, its highest level in more than five
years. In the U.K., although financial conditions became less
accommodative, the economy showed continued modest growth.
Inflationary pressures also increased during the quarter. The
Bank of England raised its official bank rate by 25 basis
points to 5.25%, its highest level since 2001. Equity markets in
both the U.K. and continental Europe rose sharply and long-term
bond yields increased during our fiscal quarter.
In Japan, real gross domestic product appears to have
accelerated, particularly in the first half of our first
quarter, driven by an increase in both capital expenditure and
domestic demand. Unemployment levels remained low, though wages
declined on a
year-on-year
basis. During the quarter, the Bank of Japan raised its target
overnight call rate by 25 basis points to 0.50% and the
yield on
10-year
Japanese government bonds increased slightly. The Nikkei 225
Index ended the fiscal quarter 16% higher.
In China, economic growth remained solid, primarily driven by
continued strength in net exports. While the Peoples Bank
of China maintained the one-year benchmark lending rate at
6.12%, it raised the reserve requirement ratio by 50 basis
points during our fiscal quarter. The Shanghai Composite Index
continued its sharp increase during our fiscal quarter.
Elsewhere in Asia, growth in exports and industrial activity
softened, though growth appeared to recover toward the end of
our fiscal quarter. Equity markets across the region broadly
ended our fiscal quarter higher.
54
Critical
Accounting Policies
Fair
Value
The use of fair value to measure financial instruments, with
related unrealized gains or losses generally recognized in
Trading and principal investments in our condensed
consolidated statements of earnings, is fundamental to our
financial statements and is our most critical accounting policy.
The fair value of a financial instrument is the amount that
would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a
liability in an orderly transaction between market participants
at the measurement date (the exit price). Instruments that we
own (long positions) are marked to bid prices, and
instruments that we have sold, but not yet purchased
(short positions) are marked to offer prices.
We adopted SFAS No. 157, Fair Value
Measurements, as of the beginning of 2007. See
Notes 2 and 3 to the condensed consolidated financial
statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for further information on SFAS No. 157, including the
impact of adoption.
In determining fair value, we separate our Financial
instruments, at fair value and Financial instruments
sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value into two
categories: cash instruments and derivative contracts, as set
forth in the following table:
Financial
Instruments by Category
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of February
2007
|
|
As of November
2006
|
|
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
|
Financial
|
|
Instruments
Sold,
|
|
Financial
|
|
Instruments
Sold,
|
|
|
Instruments
|
|
but not Yet
|
|
Instruments
|
|
but not Yet
|
|
|
Owned, at
|
|
Purchased, at
|
|
Owned, at
|
|
Purchased, at
|
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Fair
Value
|
|
Cash trading instruments
|
|
$
|
274,781
|
|
|
$
|
96,800
|
|
|
$
|
247,031
|
|
|
$
|
87,244
|
|
SMFG
|
|
|
4,662
|
|
|
|
3,272
|
(5)
|
|
|
4,505
|
|
|
|
3,065
|
(5)
|
ICBC
|
|
|
5,898
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,194
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
Other principal investments
|
|
|
6,019
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,263
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal investments
|
|
|
16,579
|
|
|
|
3,272
|
|
|
|
13,962
|
|
|
|
3,065
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash instruments
|
|
|
291,360
|
|
|
|
100,072
|
|
|
|
260,993
|
|
|
|
90,309
|
|
Exchange-traded
|
|
|
12,383
|
|
|
|
12,227
|
|
|
|
14,407
|
|
|
|
13,851
|
|
Over-the-counter
|
|
|
57,024
|
|
|
|
54,182
|
|
|
|
53,136
|
|
|
|
51,645
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Derivative contracts
|
|
|
69,407
|
(3)
|
|
|
66,409
|
(6)
|
|
|
67,543
|
(3)
|
|
|
65,496
|
(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
360,767
|
(4)
|
|
$
|
166,481
|
|
|
$
|
328,536
|
(4)
|
|
$
|
155,805
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Includes interests of
$3.73 billion and $3.28 billion as of February 2007
and November 2006, respectively, held by investment funds
managed by Goldman Sachs. The fair value of our investment in
the ordinary shares of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China
Limited (ICBC), which trade on The Stock Exchange of Hong Kong,
includes the effect of foreign exchange revaluation.
|
|
(2) |
|
The following table sets forth the
principal investments (in addition to our investments in SMFG
and ICBC) included within the Principal Investments component of
our Trading and Principal Investments segment:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of February
2007
|
|
As of November
2006
|
|
|
Corporate
|
|
Real
Estate
|
|
Total
|
|
Corporate
|
|
Real
Estate
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
(in millions)
|
Private
|
|
$
|
3,939
|
|
|
$
|
1,103
|
|
|
$
|
5,042
|
|
|
$
|
2,741
|
|
|
$
|
555
|
|
|
$
|
3,296
|
|
Public
|
|
|
939
|
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
|
977
|
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
967
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
4,878
|
|
|
$
|
1,141
|
|
|
$
|
6,019
|
|
|
$
|
3,675
|
|
|
$
|
588
|
|
|
$
|
4,263
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3) |
|
Net of cash received pursuant to
credit support agreements of $25.81 billion and
$24.06 billion as of February 2007 and November 2006,
respectively.
|
55
|
|
|
(4) |
|
Excludes assets related to
consolidated investment funds of $12.13 billion and
$6.03 billion as of February 2007 and November 2006,
respectively, for which Goldman Sachs is not at risk.
|
|
(5) |
|
Represents an economic hedge on the
shares of common stock underlying our investment in the
convertible preferred stock of Sumitomo Mitsui Financial Group,
Inc. (SMFG).
|
|
(6) |
|
Net of cash paid pursuant to credit
support agreements of $15.92 billion and
$16.00 billion as of February 2007 and November 2006,
respectively.
|
Cash Instruments. Cash instruments include
cash trading instruments, public principal investments and
private principal investments.
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Trading Instruments. Our cash trading
instruments are generally valued using quoted market prices in
active markets, broker or dealer quotations, or alternative
pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency.
The types of instruments valued based on quoted market prices in
active markets include most U.S. government and agency
securities, many other sovereign government obligations, liquid
mortgage products, active listed equities and most money market
securities. The types of instruments valued based on quoted
prices in markets that are not active, broker or dealer
quotations, or alternative pricing sources with reasonable
levels of price transparency include most investment-grade and
high-yield corporate bonds, less liquid mortgage products, less
liquid listed equities, state, municipal and provincial
obligations, and certain physical commodities.
|
Certain cash trading instruments trade infrequently and
therefore have little or no price transparency. Such instruments
include certain corporate bank loans and mortgage whole loans,
highly distressed debt, and private equity and real estate
investments. Where we are unable to substantiate the significant
valuation inputs and assumptions to corroborative market data,
the transaction price is used as managements best estimate
of fair value at inception. Accordingly, when a pricing model is
used to value such an instrument, the model is adjusted so that
the model value at inception equals the transaction price.
Subsequent to inception, we change inputs and assumptions when
corroborated by evidence such as transactions in similar
instruments, completed or pending third-party transactions in
the underlying investment or comparable entities, subsequent
rounds of financing, recapitalizations and other transactions
across the capital structure, offerings in the equity or debt
capital markets, and changes in financial ratios or cash flows.
For positions that are not traded in active markets or are
subject to transfer restrictions, valuations are adjusted to
reflect illiquidity and/or non-transferability, and such
adjustments are generally based on available market evidence. In
the absence of such evidence, managements best
estimate is used.
|
|
|
|
|
Public Principal Investments. Our public
principal investments held within the Principal Investments
component of our Trading and Principal Investments segment tend
to be large, concentrated holdings resulting from initial public
offerings or other corporate transactions, and are valued
based on quoted market prices. For positions that are not traded
in active markets or are subject to transfer restrictions,
valuations are adjusted to reflect illiquidity
and/or non-transferability,
and such adjustments are generally based on available market
evidence. In the absence of such evidence, managements
best estimate is used.
|
Our two most significant public principal investments are our
investment in the convertible preferred stock of Sumitomo Mitsui
Financial Group, Inc. (SMFG) and our investment in the ordinary
shares of Industrial and Commercial Bank of China Limited (ICBC).
56
|
|
|
|
|
Our investment in SMFG is valued using a model that is
principally based on SMFGs common stock price. As of
February 2007, the conversion price of our SMFG convertible
preferred stock into shares of SMFG common stock was
¥318,800. This price is subject to downward adjustment if
the price of SMFG common stock at the time of conversion is less
than the conversion price (subject to a floor of ¥105,100).
As a result of downside protection on the conversion stock
price, the relationship between changes in the fair value of our
investment and changes in SMFGs common stock price would
be nonlinear for a significant decline in the SMFG common stock
price. As of February 2007, we had hedged approximately 70% of
the common stock underlying our investment in SMFG and there
were no restrictions on our ability to hedge the remaining 30%.
|
Our investment in ICBC is valued using the quoted market prices
adjusted for transfer restrictions. The ordinary shares acquired
from ICBC are subject to transfer restrictions that, among other
things, prohibit any sale, disposition or other transfer until
April 28, 2009. From April 28, 2009 to
October 20, 2009, we may transfer up to 50% of the
aggregate ordinary shares of ICBC that we owned as of
October 20, 2006. We may transfer our remaining shares
after October 20, 2009. A portion of our interest is held
by investment funds managed by Goldman Sachs.
|
|
|
|
|
Private Principal Investments. Our private
principal investments held within the Principal Investments
component of our Trading and Principal Investments segment
include investments in private equity, debt and real estate. By
their nature, these investments have little or no price
transparency. We value such instruments initially at transaction
price and adjust the valuation when evidence is available to
support such adjustments. Such evidence includes transactions in
similar instruments, completed or pending third-party
transactions in the underlying investment or comparable
entities, subsequent rounds of financing, recapitalizations and
other transactions across the capital structure, offerings in
the equity or debt capital markets, and changes in financial
ratios or cash flows.
|
Derivative Contracts. Derivative contracts can
be exchange-traded or
over-the-counter
(OTC). Exchange-traded derivatives are generally valued based on
quoted market prices. Some exchange-traded derivatives are
valued within portfolios using models that calibrate to broker
or dealer quotations or market transactions in either the listed
or OTC markets.
OTC derivatives are valued using models. The selection of a
particular model to value an OTC derivative depends upon the
contractual terms of, and specific risks inherent in, the
instrument as well as the availability of pricing information in
the market. We generally use similar models to value similar
instruments. Where possible, we verify the values produced by
our pricing models to market transactions. Valuation models
require a variety of inputs, including contractual terms, market
prices, yield curves, credit curves, measures of volatility,
prepayment rates and correlations of such inputs. For OTC
derivatives that trade in liquid markets, such as generic
forwards, swaps and options, model inputs can generally be
verified and model selection does not involve significant
management judgment.
Certain OTC derivatives trade in less liquid markets with
limited pricing information, and the determination of fair value
for these derivatives is inherently more difficult. Further,
complex structures often involve multiple product types
requiring additional complex inputs such as correlations and
volatilities. Where we do not have corroborating market evidence
to support significant model inputs and cannot verify the model
to market transactions, management believes that transaction
price is the best estimate of fair value at inception.
Accordingly, when a pricing model is used to value such an
instrument, the model is adjusted so that the model value at
inception equals the transaction price. Subsequent to initial
recognition, we only update valuation inputs when corroborated
by evidence such as similar market transactions, third-party
pricing services
and/or
broker or dealer quotations, or other evidence such as empirical
market data. In circumstances where we cannot verify the model
value to market transactions, it is possible that a different
valuation model could produce a materially different
57
estimate of fair value. As markets continue to develop and more
pricing information becomes available, we continue to review and
refine the models used. See Derivatives
below for a further information on our OTC derivatives.
When appropriate, valuations are adjusted for various factors
such as liquidity, bid/offer spreads and credit considerations.
Such adjustments are generally based on available market
evidence. In the absence of such evidence, managements
best estimate is used.
Other Financial Assets and Financial
Liabilities. In addition to Financial
instruments owned, at fair value and Financial
instruments sold, but not yet purchased, at fair value, we
have elected to account for certain of our other financial
assets and financial liabilities at fair value under
SFAS No. 155, Accounting for Certain Hybrid
Financial Instruments an amendment of FASB
Statements No. 133 and 140, or
SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for
Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities. Such financial
assets and financial liabilities include (i) certain
unsecured short-term borrowings, consisting of all promissory
notes and commercial paper and certain hybrid financial
instruments; (ii) certain other secured financings;
(iii) certain unsecured long-term borrowings, including
those resulting from prepaid physical commodity transactions;
(iv) resale and repurchase agreements; (v) securities
borrowed and securities loaned related to our financing and
matched book activities; and (vi) securities held by our
bank subsidiary (previously accounted for as
available-for-sale).
See Recent Accounting Developments below
for a discussion of the impact of adopting
SFAS No. 159.
Controls Over Valuation of Financial
Instruments. A control infrastructure,
independent of the trading and investing functions, is
fundamental to ensuring that our financial instruments are
appropriately valued and that fair value measurements are
reliable. This is particularly important in valuing instruments
with lower levels of price transparency.
We employ an oversight structure that includes appropriate
segregation of duties. Senior management, independent of the
trading functions, is responsible for the oversight of control
and valuation policies and for reporting the results of these
policies to our Audit Committee. We seek to maintain the
necessary resources to ensure that control functions are
performed to the highest standards. We employ procedures for the
approval of new transaction types and markets, price
verification, review of daily profit and loss, and review of
valuation models by personnel with appropriate technical
knowledge of relevant products and markets. These procedures are
performed by personnel independent of the revenue-producing
units. For trading and principal investments with little or no
price transparency, we employ, where possible, procedures that
include comparisons with similar observable positions, analysis
of actual to projected cash flows, comparisons with subsequent
sales and discussions with senior business leaders. See
Market Risk below for a further
discussion of how we manage the risks inherent in our trading
and principal investing businesses.
Goodwill and
Identifiable Intangible Assets
As a result of our acquisitions, principally SLK LLC (SLK) in
2000, The Ayco Company, L.P. (Ayco) in 2003, Cogentrix Energy,
Inc. (Cogentrix) in 2004, National Energy & Gas
Transmission, Inc. (NEGT) in 2005 and our variable annuity and
variable life insurance business in 2006, we have acquired
goodwill and identifiable intangible assets. Goodwill is the
cost of acquired companies in excess of the fair value of net
assets, including identifiable intangible assets, at the
acquisition date.
Goodwill. We test the goodwill in each of our
operating segments for impairment at least annually in
accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other
Intangible Assets, by comparing the estimated fair value
of each operating segment with its estimated net book value. We
derive the fair value of each of our operating segments
primarily based on price-earnings multiples. We derive the net
book value of our operating segments by estimating the amount of
shareholders equity required to support the activities of
each operating segment. Our last annual impairment test was
performed during our 2006 fourth quarter and no impairment was
identified.
58
The following table sets forth the carrying value of our
goodwill by operating segment:
Goodwill by
Operating Segment
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
February
|
|
November
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
Investment Banking
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Advisory
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
Trading and Principal Investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FICC
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
136
|
|
Equities
(1)
|
|
|
2,381
|
|
|
|
2,381
|
|
Principal Investments
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Asset Management and Securities
Services
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset Management
(2)
|
|
|
421
|
|
|
|
421
|
|
Securities Services
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
117
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
3,181
|
|
|
$
|
3,184
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Primarily related to SLK.
|
|
|
(2)
|
Primarily related to Ayco.
|
Identifiable Intangible Assets. We amortize
our identifiable intangible assets over their estimated useful
lives in accordance with SFAS No. 142, and test for
potential impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances
suggest that an assets or asset groups carrying
value may not be fully recoverable in accordance with
SFAS No. 144, Accounting for the Impairment or
Disposal of Long-Lived Assets. An impairment loss,
calculated as the difference between the estimated fair value
and the carrying value of an asset or asset group, is recognized
if the sum of the estimated undiscounted cash flows relating to
the asset or asset group is less than the corresponding carrying
value.
59
The following table sets forth the carrying value and range of
remaining useful lives of our identifiable intangible assets by
major asset class:
Identifiable
Intangible Assets by Asset Class
($ in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of February
2007
|
|
As of November
2006
|
|
|
|
|
Range of
Remaining
|
|
|
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Useful Lives
|
|
Carrying
|
|
|
Value
|
|
(in
years)
|
|
Value
|
|
Customer lists
(1)
|
|
$
|
724
|
|
|
|
5 - 18
|
|
|
$
|
737
|
|
Power contracts
(2)
|
|
|
605
|
|
|
|
2 - 22
|
|
|
|
667
|
|
New York Stock Exchange (NYSE)
specialist rights
|
|
|
532
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
542
|
|
Insurance-related assets
(3)
|
|
|
369
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
362
|
|
Exchange-traded fund (ETF)
specialist rights
|
|
|
104
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
Other
(4)
|
|
|
78
|
|
|
|
1 - 9
|
|
|
|
89
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
2,412
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Primarily includes our clearance and execution and NASDAQ
customer lists related to SLK and financial counseling customer
lists related to Ayco.
|
|
|
(2)
|
Primarily relates to above-market power contracts of
consolidated power generation facilities related to Cogentrix
and NEGT. Substantially all of these power contracts have been
pledged to counterparties in connection with our secured
financings.
|
|
|
(3)
|
Consists of the value of business acquired (VOBA) and deferred
acquisition costs (DAC). VOBA represents the present value of
estimated future gross profits of the variable annuity and
variable life insurance business acquired in 2006. DAC results
from commissions paid by Goldman Sachs to the primary insurer
(ceding company) on life and annuity reinsurance agreements as
compensation to place the business with us and to cover the
ceding companys acquisition expenses. VOBA and DAC are
amortized over the estimated life of the underlying contracts
based on estimated gross profits, and amortization is adjusted
based on actual experience. The seven-year useful life
represents the weighted average remaining amortization period of
the underlying contracts (certain of which extend for
approximately 30 years).
|
|
|
(4)
|
Primarily includes marketing and technology-related assets.
|
A prolonged period of weakness in global equity markets and the
trading of securities in multiple markets and on multiple
exchanges could adversely impact our businesses and impair the
value of our goodwill
and/or
identifiable intangible assets. In addition, certain events
could indicate a potential impairment of our identifiable
intangible assets, including (i) changes in market
structure that could adversely affect our specialist businesses,
(ii) an adverse action or assessment by a regulator,
(iii) a default event under a power contract or
physical damage or other adverse events impacting the underlying
power generation facilities, or (iv) adverse actual
experience on the contracts in our variable annuity and variable
life insurance business.
60
Use of
Estimates
The use of generally accepted accounting principles requires
management to make certain estimates. In addition to the
estimates we make in connection with fair value measurements and
the accounting for goodwill and identifiable intangible assets,
the use of estimates is also important in determining provisions
for potential losses that may arise from litigation and
regulatory proceedings and tax audits.
A substantial portion of our compensation and benefits
represents discretionary bonuses, which are determined at year
end. We believe the most appropriate way to allocate estimated
annual discretionary bonuses among interim periods is in
proportion to the net revenues earned in such periods. In
addition to the level of net revenues, our overall compensation
expense in any given year is also influenced by, among other
factors, prevailing labor markets, business mix and the
structure of our share-based compensation programs. Our ratio of
compensation and benefits to net revenues was 48.0% for the
first quarter of 2007 compared with 50.9% for the first quarter
of 2006.
We estimate and provide for potential losses that may arise out
of litigation and regulatory proceedings and tax audits to the
extent that such losses are probable and can be estimated, in
accordance with SFAS No. 5, Accounting for
Contingencies. Significant judgment is required in making
these estimates and our final liabilities may ultimately be
materially different. Our total liability in respect of
litigation and regulatory proceedings is determined on a
case-by-case
basis and represents an estimate of probable losses after
considering, among other factors, the progress of each case or
proceeding, our experience and the experience of others in
similar cases or proceedings, and the opinions and views of
legal counsel. Given the inherent difficulty of predicting the
outcome of our litigation and regulatory matters, particularly
in cases or proceedings in which substantial or indeterminate
damages or fines are sought, we cannot estimate losses or ranges
of losses for cases or proceedings where there is only a
reasonable possibility that a loss may be incurred. See
Legal Proceedings in Part I,
Item 3 of the Annual Report on
Form 10-K,
and in Part II, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for information on our judicial, regulatory and arbitration
proceedings.
Results of
Operations
The composition of our net revenues has varied over time as
financial markets and the scope of our operations have changed.
The composition of net revenues can also vary over the shorter
term due to fluctuations in U.S. and global economic and market
conditions. See Risk Factors in
Part I, Item 1A of the Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for a further discussion of the impact of economic and market
conditions on our results of operations.
61
Financial
Overview
The following table sets forth an overview of our financial
results:
Financial
Overview
($ in
millions, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Ended
February
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
12,730
|
|
|
$
|
10,433
|
|
Pre-tax earnings
|
|
|
4,859
|
|
|
|
3,689
|
|
Net earnings
|
|
|
3,197
|
|
|
|
2,479
|
|
Net earnings applicable to common
shareholders
|
|
|
3,148
|
|
|
|
2,453
|
|
Diluted earnings per common share
|
|
|
6.67
|
|
|
|
5.08
|
|
Annualized return on average
common shareholders equity
(1)
|
|
|
38.0
|
%
|
|
|
36.4
|
%
|
Annualized return on average
tangible common shareholders equity
(2)
|
|
|
44.7
|
%
|
|
|
44.4
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Annualized return on average common shareholders equity is
computed by dividing annualized net earnings applicable to
common shareholders by average monthly common shareholders
equity.
|
|
|
(2)
|
Tangible common shareholders equity equals total
shareholders equity less preferred stock, goodwill and
identifiable intangible assets, excluding power contracts.
Identifiable intangible assets associated with power contracts
are not deducted from total shareholders equity because,
unlike other intangible assets, less than 50% of these assets
are supported by common shareholders equity.
|
We believe that annualized return on average tangible common
shareholders equity is meaningful because it measures the
performance of businesses consistently, whether they were
acquired or developed internally. Annualized return on average
tangible common shareholders equity is computed by
dividing annualized net earnings applicable to common
shareholders by average monthly tangible common
shareholders equity.
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of average total
shareholders equity to average tangible common
shareholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average for
the
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Ended
February
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
36,258
|
|
|
$
|
28,724
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
(3,100
|
)
|
|
|
(1,750
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
33,158
|
|
|
$
|
26,974
|
|
Goodwill and identifiable
intangible assets, excluding power contracts
|
|
|
(5,002
|
)
|
|
|
(4,896
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tangible common shareholders
equity
|
|
$
|
28,156
|
|
|
$
|
22,078
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net
Revenues
Three Months Ended February 2007 versus February
2006. Our net revenues were $12.73 billion
for the first quarter of 2007, an increase of 22% compared with
the first quarter of 2006, reflecting strong performance across
all of our segments and regions. Net revenues in Trading and
Principal Investments increased compared with the first quarter
of 2006, reflecting significantly higher net revenues in
Principal Investments, FICC and Equities. The increase in
Principal Investments reflected significantly higher gains and
overrides from corporate and real estate principal investments.
Net revenues in Principal Investments included approximately
$500 million in gains in the first quarter of 2007 related
to our adoption of SFAS No. 157, Fair Value
Measurements. The increase in FICC reflected higher net
revenues in credit products and mortgages, while net revenues in
commodities, interest rate products and currencies were also
strong. During the quarter, FICC operated in an environment
characterized by strong customer-driven activity and favorable
market opportunities. In addition, although the subprime sector
within the mortgage market experienced significant weakness, the
broader credit environment remained strong. The increase in
Equities was primarily due to
62
significantly higher net revenues in shares and principal
strategies, reflecting strong results across all regions, while
net revenues in derivatives were also strong. During the
quarter, Equities operated in an environment characterized by
rising equity prices, strong customer-driven activity and
favorable market opportunities. In our trading businesses, we
increased our market risk, particularly in Equities, to
capitalize on these favorable opportunities for our clients and
ourselves. Net revenues in Investment Banking increased compared
with the first quarter of 2006, reflecting significantly higher
net revenues in debt underwriting, as financing activity
remained strong, particularly in leveraged finance. In addition,
net revenues in Financial Advisory were higher, reflecting
continued strong activity levels from both corporate clients and
financial sponsors. Net revenues in Asset Management and
Securities Services were lower than the first quarter of 2006,
primarily due to significantly lower incentive fees, partially
offset by higher asset management and other fees, and continued
growth in securities lending and margin lending. During the
quarter, assets under management increased $43 billion or
6% to a record $719 billion, with net asset inflows of
$35 billion.
Our operating expenses are primarily influenced by compensation,
headcount and levels of business activity. A substantial portion
of our compensation expense represents discretionary bonuses
that are significantly impacted by, among other factors, the
level of net revenues, prevailing labor markets, business mix
and the structure of our share-based compensation programs.
During the first quarter of 2007, our ratio of compensation and
benefits to net revenues was 48.0% compared with 50.9% for the
first quarter of 2006. See Use of
Estimates above for more information on our ratio of
compensation and benefits to net revenues.
The following table sets forth our operating expenses and number
of employees:
Operating
Expenses and Employees
($ in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
Ended February
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
Compensation and
benefits (1)
|
|
$
|
6,111
|
|
|
$
|
5,314
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brokerage, clearing, exchange and
distribution fees
|
|
|
551
|
|
|
|
418
|
|
Market development
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
Communications and technology
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
|
124
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
Amortization of identifiable
intangible assets
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
Occupancy
|
|
|
204
|
|
|
|
193
|
|
Professional fees
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
109
|
|
Cost of power generation
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
Other expenses
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-compensation expenses
|
|
|
1,760
|
|
|
|
1,430
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total operating expenses
|
|
$
|
7,871
|
|
|
$
|
6,744
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Employees at period
end (2)
|
|
|
26,959
|
|
|
|
23,641
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Compensation and benefits includes
$35 million and $51 million for the three months ended
February 2007 and February 2006, respectively, attributable to
consolidated entities held for investment purposes. Consolidated
entities held for investment purposes are entities that are held
strictly for capital appreciation, have a defined exit strategy
and are engaged in activities that are not closely related to
our principal businesses.
|
|
(2) |
|
Excludes 4,994 and 8,171 employees
as of February 2007 and February 2006, respectively, of
consolidated entities held for investment purposes (see
footnote 1 above).
|
63
The following table sets forth non-compensation expenses of
consolidated entities held for investment purposes and our
remaining non-compensation expenses by line item:
Non-Compensation
Expenses
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Ended
February
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
Non-compensation expenses of
consolidated
investments (1)
|
|
$
|
87
|
|
|
$
|
99
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-compensation expenses
excluding consolidated investments
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brokerage, clearing, exchange and
distribution fees
|
|
|
551
|
|
|
|
418
|
|
Market development
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
Communications and technology
|
|
|
150
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
Amortization of identifiable
intangible assets
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
Occupancy
|
|
|
189
|
|
|
|
169
|
|
Professional fees
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
|
105
|
|
Cost of power generation
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
Other expenses
|
|
|
241
|
|
|
|
193
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
1,673
|
|
|
|
1,331
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-compensation expenses,
as reported
|
|
$
|
1,760
|
|
|
$
|
1,430
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Consolidated entities held for investment purposes are entities
that are held strictly for capital appreciation, have a defined
exit strategy and are engaged in activities that are not closely
related to our principal businesses. For example, these
investments include consolidated entities that hold real estate
assets, such as hotels, but exclude investments in entities that
primarily hold financial assets. We believe that it is
meaningful to review non-compensation expenses excluding
expenses related to these consolidated entities in order to
evaluate trends in non-compensation expenses related to our
principal business activities. Revenues related to such entities
are included in Trading and principal investments in
the condensed consolidated statements of earnings.
|
Three Months Ended February 2007 versus February
2006. Operating expenses of $7.87 billion
increased 17% compared with the first quarter of 2006.
Compensation and benefits expenses of $6.11 billion
increased 15% compared with the first quarter of 2006,
reflecting the impact of higher net revenues. The ratio of
compensation and benefits to net revenues for the quarter was
48.0% compared with 50.9% for the first quarter of 2006.
Employment levels increased 2% during the quarter.
Non-compensation expenses were $1.76 billion, 23% higher
than the first quarter of 2006. Excluding non-compensation
expenses related to consolidated entities held for investment
purposes, non-compensation expenses were 26% higher than the
first quarter of 2006, primarily due to higher brokerage,
clearing, exchange and distribution fees, reflecting higher
transaction volumes in Equities, and increased professional
fees, reflecting increased levels of business activity. Other
expenses also increased, primarily due to growth in our
insurance business.
64
Provision for
Taxes
The provision for taxes for the quarter ended February 2007 was
$1.66 billion. The effective income tax rate was 34.2% for
the first quarter of 2007, down from 34.5% for fiscal year 2006
and up from 32.8% for the first quarter of 2006. The increase
from the first quarter of 2006 was primarily due to a reduction
in the impact of permanent benefits due to higher levels of
earnings, and changes in the geographic mix of earnings.
Segment Operating
Results
The following table sets forth the net revenues, operating
expenses and pre-tax earnings of our segments:
Segment Operating
Results
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
February
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
Investment
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
1,716
|
|
|
$
|
1,471
|
|
Banking
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
1,294
|
|
|
|
1,189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax earnings
|
|
$
|
422
|
|
|
$
|
282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Trading and Principal
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
9,417
|
|
|
$
|
6,982
|
|
Investments
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
5,394
|
|
|
|
4,427
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax earnings
|
|
$
|
4,023
|
|
|
$
|
2,555
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset Management and
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
1,597
|
|
|
$
|
1,980
|
|
Securities Services
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
1,183
|
|
|
|
1,099
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax earnings
|
|
$
|
414
|
|
|
$
|
881
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Net revenues
|
|
$
|
12,730
|
|
|
$
|
10,433
|
|
|
|
Operating
expenses (1)
|
|
|
7,871
|
|
|
|
6,744
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax earnings
|
|
$
|
4,859
|
|
|
$
|
3,689
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Includes net provisions for a number of litigation and
regulatory proceedings of $29 million for the three months
ended February 2006 that have not been allocated to our segments.
|
Net revenues in our segments include allocations of interest
income and interest expense to specific securities, commodities
and other positions in relation to the cash generated by, or
funding requirements of, such underlying positions. See
Note 14 to the condensed consolidated financial statements
in Part I, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for further information regarding our segments.
The cost drivers of Goldman Sachs taken as a whole
compensation, headcount and levels of business
activity are broadly similar in each of our business
segments. Compensation and benefits expenses within our segments
reflect, among other factors, the overall performance of Goldman
Sachs as well as the performance of individual business units.
Consequently, pre-tax margins in one segment of our business may
be significantly affected by the performance of our other
business segments. The timing and magnitude of changes in our
bonus accruals can have a significant effect on segment results
in a given period. A discussion of segment operating results
follows.
65
Investment
Banking
Our Investment Banking segment is divided into two components:
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Advisory. Financial Advisory
includes advisory assignments with respect to mergers and
acquisitions, divestitures, corporate defense activities,
restructurings and
spin-offs.
|
|
|
|
Underwriting. Underwriting includes public
offerings and private placements of a wide range of securities
and other financial instruments.
|
The following table sets forth the operating results of our
Investment Banking segment:
Investment
Banking Operating Results
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Ended
February
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
Financial Advisory
|
|
$
|
861
|
|
|
$
|
736
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity underwriting
|
|
|
266
|
|
|
|
283
|
|
Debt underwriting
|
|
|
589
|
|
|
|
452
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Underwriting
|
|
|
855
|
|
|
|
735
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenues
|
|
|
1,716
|
|
|
|
1,471
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
1,294
|
|
|
|
1,189
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax earnings
|
|
$
|
422
|
|
|
$
|
282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table sets forth our financial advisory and
underwriting transaction volumes:
Goldman Sachs
Global Investment Banking
Volumes (1)
(in
billions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Ended
February
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
Announced mergers and acquisitions
|
|
$
|
337
|
|
|
$
|
285
|
|
Completed mergers and acquisitions
|
|
|
324
|
|
|
|
272
|
|
Equity and equity-related
offerings (2)
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Debt
offerings (3)
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Source: Thomson Financial. Announced and completed mergers and
acquisitions volumes are based on full credit to each of the
advisors in a transaction. Equity and equity-related offerings
and debt offerings are based on full credit for single book
managers and equal credit for joint book managers. Transaction
volumes may not be indicative of net revenues in a given period.
|
|
|
(2)
|
Includes public common stock offerings, convertible offerings,
rights offerings and Rule 144A issues.
|
|
|
(3)
|
Includes non-convertible preferred stock, mortgage-backed
securities, asset-backed securities and taxable municipal debt.
Includes publicly registered and Rule 144A issues.
|
66
Three Months Ended February 2007 versus February
2006. Net revenues in Investment Banking of
$1.72 billion for the first quarter of 2007 increased 17%
compared with the first quarter of 2006. Net revenues in
Financial Advisory of $861 million increased 17% compared
with first quarter of 2006, primarily reflecting growth in
industry-wide completed mergers and acquisitions. Net revenues
in our Underwriting business of $855 million increased 16%
compared with the first quarter of 2006, reflecting
significantly higher net revenues in debt underwriting,
primarily due to an increase in leveraged finance activity, as
the financing environment remained favorable. Our investment
banking backlog increased during the
quarter. (1)
Operating expenses of $1.29 billion for the first quarter
of 2007 increased 9% compared with the first quarter of 2006,
primarily due to increased compensation and benefits expenses
resulting from a higher accrual of discretionary compensation.
Pre-tax earnings of $422 million in the first quarter of
2007 increased 50% compared with the first quarter of 2006.
Trading and
Principal Investments
Our Trading and Principal Investments segment is divided into
three components:
|
|
|
|
|
FICC. We make markets in and trade interest
rate and credit products, mortgage-related securities and loan
products, currencies and commodities, structure and enter into a
wide variety of derivative transactions and engage in
proprietary trading and investing.
|
|
|
|
Equities. We make markets in, trade and act as
a specialist for equities and equity-related products, structure
and enter into equity derivative transactions and engage in
proprietary trading and insurance activities. We also execute
and clear client transactions on major stock, options and
futures exchanges worldwide.
|
|
|
|
Principal Investments. We make real estate and
corporate principal investments, including our investments in
the convertible preferred stock of SMFG and the ordinary shares
of ICBC. We generate net revenues from returns on these
investments and from the increased share of the income and gains
derived from our merchant banking funds when the return on a
funds investments, over the life of the fund, exceeds
certain threshold returns (overrides).
|
Substantially all of our inventory is
marked-to-market
daily and, therefore, its value and our net revenues are subject
to fluctuations based on market movements. In addition, net
revenues derived from our principal investments in privately
held concerns and in real estate may fluctuate significantly
depending on the revaluation or sale of these investments in any
given period. We also regularly enter into large transactions as
part of our trading businesses. The number and size of such
transactions may affect our results of operations in a given
period.
Net revenues from Principal Investments do not include
management fees generated from our merchant banking funds. These
management fees are included in the net revenues of the Asset
Management and Securities Services segment.
(1) Our
investment banking backlog represents an estimate of our future
net revenues from investment banking transactions where we
believe that future revenue realization is more likely than not.
67
The following table sets forth the operating results of our
Trading and Principal Investments segment:
Trading and
Principal Investments Operating Results
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Ended
February
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
FICC
|
|
$
|
4,604
|
|
|
$
|
3,838
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equities trading
|
|
|
2,163
|
|
|
|
1,607
|
|
Equities commissions
|
|
|
924
|
|
|
|
842
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Equities
|
|
|
3,087
|
|
|
|
2,449
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SMFG
|
|
|
161
|
|
|
|
405
|
|
ICBC
|
|
|
227
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross gains
|
|
|
1,351
|
|
|
|
301
|
|
Gross
losses (1)
|
|
|
(228
|
)
|
|
|
(101
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net other corporate and real
estate investments
|
|
|
1,123
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
Overrides
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Principal Investments
|
|
|
1,726
|
|
|
|
695
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenues
|
|
|
9,417
|
|
|
|
6,982
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
5,394
|
|
|
|
4,427
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax earnings
|
|
$
|
4,023
|
|
|
$
|
2,555
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
A substantial portion relates to interest expense on our
principal investments.
|
Three Months Ended February 2007 versus February
2006. Net revenues in Trading and Principal
Investments of $9.42 billion for the first quarter of 2007
increased 35% compared with the first quarter of 2006. Net
revenues in FICC of $4.60 billion increased 20% compared
with the first quarter of 2006, reflecting higher net revenues
in credit products and mortgages. Net revenues in commodities
and interest rate products were strong, but essentially
unchanged from the same prior year period. Net revenues in
currencies were also strong, but lower compared with the first
quarter of 2006. During the quarter, FICC operated in an
environment characterized by strong customer-driven activity and
favorable market opportunities. In addition, although the
subprime sector within the mortgage market experienced
significant weakness, the broader credit environment remained
strong. Net revenues in Equities of $3.09 billion increased
26% compared with the first quarter of 2006, primarily due to
significantly higher net revenues in shares and principal
strategies, reflecting strong results across all regions. Net
revenues in derivatives were also strong, but essentially
unchanged compared with the first quarter of 2006. During the
quarter, Equities operated in an environment characterized by
rising equity prices, strong customer-driven activity and
favorable market opportunities. Principal Investments recorded
net revenues of $1.73 billion, reflecting gains and
overrides from corporate and real estate principal investments,
including a $227 million gain related to our investment in
the ordinary shares of ICBC and a $161 million gain related
to our investment in the convertible preferred stock of SMFG.
Net revenues in Principal Investments included approximately
$500 million in gains in the first quarter of 2007 related
to our adoption of SFAS No. 157, Fair Value
Measurements.
68
Operating expenses of $5.39 billion for the first quarter
of 2007 increased 22% compared with the first quarter of 2006,
primarily due to increased compensation and benefits expenses
resulting from a higher accrual of discretionary compensation as
well as higher non-compensation expenses. Excluding
non-compensation expenses related to consolidated entities held
for investment purposes, the increase in non-compensation
expenses was primarily due to higher brokerage, clearing,
exchange and distribution fees, reflecting higher transaction
volumes in Equities, and higher professional fees due to
increased levels of business activity. Other expenses also
increased, primarily due to higher levels of business activity,
including growth in our insurance business. Pre-tax earnings of
$4.02 billion in the first quarter of 2007 increased 57%
compared with the first quarter of 2006.
Asset
Management and Securities Services
Our Asset Management and Securities Services segment is divided
into two components:
|
|
|
|
|
Asset Management. Asset Management provides
investment advisory and financial planning services and offers
investment products (primarily through separate accounts and
funds) across all major asset classes to a diverse group of
institutions and individuals worldwide and primarily generates
revenues in the form of management and incentive fees.
|
|
|
|
Securities Services. Securities Services
provides prime brokerage services, financing services and
securities lending services to institutional clients, including
hedge funds, mutual funds, pension funds and foundations, and to
high-net-worth
individuals worldwide, and generates revenues primarily in the
form of interest rate spreads or fees.
|
Assets under management typically generate fees as a percentage
of asset value. In certain circumstances, we are also entitled
to receive incentive fees based on a percentage of a funds
return or when the return on assets under management exceeds
specified benchmark returns or other performance targets.
Incentive fees are recognized when the performance period ends
and they are no longer subject to adjustment. We have numerous
incentive fee arrangements, many of which have annual
performance periods that end on December 31. For that
reason, incentive fees have been seasonally weighted to our
first quarter. Based on investment performance in calendar 2006,
our incentive fees were significantly lower in the first quarter
of 2007 than they were in the first quarter of 2006.
The following table sets forth the operating results of our
Asset Management and Securities Services segment:
Asset Management
and Securities Services Operating Results
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Ended
February
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
Management and other fees
|
|
$
|
982
|
|
|
$
|
750
|
|
Incentive fees
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
|
739
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Asset Management
|
|
|
1,072
|
|
|
|
1,489
|
|
Securities Services
|
|
|
525
|
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net revenues
|
|
|
1,597
|
|
|
|
1,980
|
|
Operating expenses
|
|
|
1,183
|
|
|
|
1,099
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pre-tax earnings
|
|
$
|
414
|
|
|
$
|
881
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
69
Assets under management include our mutual funds, alternative
investment funds and separately managed accounts for
institutional and individual investors. Substantially all assets
under management are valued as of calendar month end.
The following table sets forth our assets under management by
asset class:
Assets Under
Management by Asset Class
(in
billions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
As of
|
|
|
February
28,
|
|
November 30,
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
2006
|
|
2005
|
|
Alternative
investments (1)
|
|
$
|
147
|
|
|
$
|
119
|
|
|
$
|
145
|
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
|
181
|
|
|
|
215
|
|
|
|
167
|
|
Fixed income
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
|
165
|
|
|
|
198
|
|
|
|
154
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-money market assets
|
|
|
590
|
|
|
|
465
|
|
|
|
558
|
|
|
|
431
|
|
Money markets
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
|
106
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
101
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets under management
|
|
$
|
719
|
|
|
$
|
571
|
|
|
$
|
676
|
|
|
$
|
532
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Primarily includes hedge funds, private equity, real estate,
currencies, commodities and asset allocation strategies.
|
The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in our
assets under management:
Changes in Assets
Under Management
(in
billions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
Ended February
28
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
Balance, beginning of year
|
|
$
|
676
|
|
|
$
|
532
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net asset inflows/(outflows)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Alternative investments
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Fixed income
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total non-money market net asset
inflows/(outflows)
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Money markets
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total net asset inflows/(outflows)
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
25
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net market
appreciation/(depreciation)
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, end of period
|
|
$
|
719
|
|
|
$
|
571
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Includes $3 billion of net asset inflows in connection with
our December 30, 2005 acquisition of our variable annuity
and variable life insurance business.
|
Three Months Ended February 2007 versus February
2006. Net revenues in Asset Management and
Securities Services of $1.60 billion decreased 19% compared
with the first quarter of 2006. Asset Management net revenues of
$1.07 billion decreased 28% compared with the first quarter
of 2006, reflecting significantly lower incentive fees,
partially offset by a 31% increase in management and other fees.
Incentive fees were $90 million for the first quarter of
2007 compared with $739 million for the same prior year
period. During the quarter, assets under management increased
$43 billion to $719 billion, reflecting non-money
market net asset inflows of $24 billion, primarily in
equity and fixed income assets, money market net assets inflows
of $11 billion and market appreciation of $8 billion,
in equity and fixed income assets. Securities Services net
revenues of $525 million increased 7% compared with the
first quarter of 2006, as our prime brokerage business
70
generated strong results, reflecting continued growth in
customer balances in securities lending and margin lending.
Operating expenses of $1.18 billion for the first quarter
of 2007 increased 8% compared with the first quarter of 2006,
primarily due to increased compensation and benefits expenses
and higher distribution fees. Pre-tax earnings of
$414 million in the first quarter of 2007 decreased by 53%
compared with the first quarter of 2006.
Geographic
Data
See Note 14 to the condensed consolidated financial
statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for a summary of our net revenues by geographic region.
Equity
Capital
The level and composition of our equity capital are principally
determined by our consolidated regulatory capital requirements,
subsidiary capital requirements and rating agency guidelines.
The equity capital we hold may also be influenced by the
business environment, conditions in the financial markets and an
assessment of potential future losses during an extremely
adverse business and market environment. As of February 2007,
our total shareholders equity was $36.90 billion
(consisting of common shareholders equity of
$33.80 billion and preferred stock of $3.10 billion)
compared with total shareholders equity of
$35.79 billion as of November 2006 (consisting of common
shareholders equity of $32.69 billion and preferred
stock of $3.10 billion). In addition to total
shareholders equity, we consider the $2.75 billion of
junior subordinated debt issued to a trust (see below) part of
our equity capital, as it qualifies as capital for regulatory
and certain rating agency purposes.
Consolidated
Regulatory Capital Requirements
Goldman Sachs is regulated by the U.S. Securities and
Exchange Commission (SEC) as a Consolidated Supervised Entity
(CSE) and, as such, is subject to group-wide supervision and
examination by the SEC and to minimum capital adequacy standards
on a consolidated basis. Minimum capital adequacy standards are
principally driven by the amount of our market risk, credit risk
and operational risk as calculated by methodologies approved by
the SEC. Eligible sources of regulatory capital include common
equity and certain types of preferred stock, debt and hybrid
instruments, including our junior subordinated debt issued to a
trust. The recognition of preferred stock, debt and hybrid
instruments as regulatory capital is subject to limitations.
Goldman Sachs was in compliance with the CSE capital adequacy
standards as of February 2007 and November 2006.
Subsidiary
Capital Requirements
Many of our principal subsidiaries are subject to separate
regulation and capital requirements in the United States
and/or
elsewhere. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Goldman Sachs
Execution & Clearing, L.P. are registered
U.S. broker-dealers and futures commissions merchants, and
their primary regulators include the SEC, the Commodity Futures
Trading Commission, the Chicago Board of Trade, the NYSE, the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. and the
National Futures Association. Goldman Sachs International, our
regulated U.K. broker-dealer, is subject to regulation primarily
by the U.K.s Financial Services Authority. Goldman Sachs
Japan Co., Ltd., our regulated Japanese broker-dealer, is
subject to regulation by Japans Financial Services Agency.
Several other subsidiaries of Goldman Sachs are regulated by
securities, investment advisory, banking, and other regulators
and authorities around the world, such as the Federal Financial
Supervisory Authority (BaFin) and the Bundesbank in Germany,
Banque de France and the Autorité des Marchés
Financiers in France, Banca dItalia and the Commissione
Nazionale per le Società e la Borsa (CONSOB) in Italy, the
Swiss Federal Banking Commission, the Securities and Futures
Commission in Hong Kong, the Monetary Authority of Singapore and
the China Securities Regulatory Commission. Goldman Sachs Bank
USA (GS Bank), a wholly owned industrial bank, is regulated by
the Federal Deposit
71
Insurance Corporation and the State of Utah Department of
Financial Institutions and is subject to minimum capital
requirements. As of February 2007 and November 2006, these
subsidiaries were in compliance with their local capital
requirements.
As discussed above, many of our subsidiaries are subject to
regulatory capital requirements in jurisdictions throughout the
world. Subsidiaries not subject to separate regulation may hold
capital to satisfy local tax guidelines, rating agency
requirements or internal policies, including policies concerning
the minimum amount of capital a subsidiary should hold based
upon its underlying risk. See Liquidity and
Funding Risk Conservative Liability Structure
below for a discussion of our potential inability to access
funds from our subsidiaries.
Equity investments in subsidiaries are generally funded with
parent company equity capital. As of February 2007, Group
Inc.s equity investment in subsidiaries was
$35.58 billion compared with its total shareholders
equity of $36.90 billion.
Our capital invested in
non-U.S. subsidiaries
is generally exposed to foreign exchange risk, substantially all
of which is managed primarily through the use of derivative
contracts. In addition, we generally manage the non-trading
exposure to foreign exchange risk that arises from transactions
denominated in currencies other than the transacting
entitys functional currency.
See Note 13 to the condensed consolidated financial
statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for further information regarding our regulated subsidiaries.
Rating Agency
Guidelines
The credit rating agencies assign credit ratings to the
obligations of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., which directly
issues or guarantees substantially all of Goldman Sachs
senior unsecured obligations. The level and composition of our
equity capital are among the many factors considered in
determining our credit ratings. Each agency has its own
definition of eligible capital and methodology for evaluating
capital adequacy, and assessments are generally based on a
combination of factors rather than a single calculation. See
Liquidity and Funding Risk Credit
Ratings below for further information regarding our credit
ratings.
Equity Capital
Management
Our objective is to maintain a sufficient level and optimize the
composition of our equity capital. We manage our capital through
repurchases of our common stock and issuances of preferred
stock, junior subordinated debt issued to a trust and
subordinated debt.
Share Repurchase Program. We use our share
repurchase program to help maintain the appropriate level of
common equity and to substantially offset increases in share
count over time resulting from employee share-based
compensation. The repurchase program is effected primarily
through regular open-market purchases and is influenced by our
overall capital position (i.e., the comparison of our capital
requirements to our available capital), general market
conditions and the prevailing price and trading volumes of our
common stock.
The following table sets forth the level of share repurchases
for the first quarters ended February 2007 and February
2006:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
February
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(in millions, except
per share amounts)
|
|
Number of shares repurchased
|
|
|
12.97
|
|
|
|
19.13
|
|
Total cost
|
|
$
|
2,688
|
|
|
$
|
2,578
|
|
Average cost per share
|
|
$
|
207.26
|
|
|
$
|
134.75
|
|
72
As of February 2007, we were authorized to repurchase up to
39.6 million additional shares of common stock pursuant to
our repurchase program. See Unregistered Sales
of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds in Part II,
Item 2 of this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for additional information on our repurchase program.
Preferred Stock. As of February 2007, Goldman
Sachs had 124,000 shares of perpetual
non-cumulative
preferred stock outstanding in four series as set forth in the
following table:
Preferred Stock
by Series
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
|
Earliest
|
|
Redemption
Value
|
Series
|
|
Issued
|
|
Authorized
|
|
Dividend
Rate
|
|
Redemption
Date
|
|
(in
millions)
|
|
A
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
3 month LIBOR + 0.75%,
|
|
April 25, 2010
|
|
$
|
750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
with floor of 3.75% per annum
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
B
|
|
32,000
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
6.20% per annum
|
|
October 31, 2010
|
|
|
800
|
|
C
|
|
8,000
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
3 month LIBOR + 0.75%,
|
|
October 31, 2010
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
with floor of 4% per annum
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
D
|
|
54,000
|
|
|
60,000
|
|
|
3 month LIBOR + 0.67%,
|
|
May 24, 2011
|
|
|
1,350
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
with floor of 4% per annum
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
124,000
|
|
|
185,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
3,100
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Each share of preferred stock has a par value of $0.01, has a
liquidation preference of $25,000, is represented by 1,000
depositary shares and is redeemable at our option at a
redemption price equal to $25,000 plus declared and unpaid
dividends. Dividends on each series of preferred stock, if
declared, are payable quarterly in arrears. Our ability to
declare or pay dividends on, or purchase, redeem or otherwise
acquire, our common stock is subject to certain restrictions in
the event that we fail to pay or set aside full dividends on our
preferred stock for the latest completed dividend period. All
preferred stock also has a preference over our common stock upon
liquidation.
Junior Subordinated Debt Issued to a Trust. We
issued $2.84 billion of junior subordinated debentures in
the first quarter of 2004 to Goldman Sachs Capital Trust I
(the Trust), a Delaware statutory trust that, in turn, issued
$2.75 billion of guaranteed preferred beneficial interests
to third parties and $85 million of common beneficial
interests to Goldman Sachs. The junior subordinated debentures
are included in Unsecured long-term borrowings in
the condensed consolidated statements of financial condition.
The inherent characteristics of preferred beneficial interests
issued by the Trust, including their long-term nature, our
ability to defer coupon interest for up to ten consecutive
semiannual periods and their subordinated nature in our capital
structure, are such that they qualify as regulatory capital for
CSE purposes and, thus, are part of our equity capital.
Subordinated Debt. Although not part of our
shareholders equity, subordinated debt may be used to
meet a portion of our consolidated minimum capital requirements
as a CSE. As of February 2007, we had outstanding
subordinated debt of $6.77 billion.
73
Capital Ratios
and Metrics
The following table sets forth information on our assets,
shareholders equity, leverage ratios and book value per
common share:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
February
|
|
November
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
($ in millions,
except per share amounts)
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
912,495
|
|
|
$
|
838,201
|
|
Adjusted assets
(1)
|
|
|
606,139
|
|
|
|
541,033
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
|
36,900
|
|
|
|
35,786
|
|
Tangible equity capital
(2)
|
|
|
34,662
|
|
|
|
33,517
|
|
Leverage ratio
(3)
|
|
|
24.7
|
x
|
|
|
23.4
|
x
|
Adjusted leverage ratio
(4)
|
|
|
17.5
|
x
|
|
|
16.1
|
x
|
Debt to equity ratio
(5)
|
|
|
3.6
|
x
|
|
|
3.4
|
x
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common shareholders equity
|
|
|
33,800
|
|
|
|
32,686
|
|
Tangible common shareholders
equity
(6)
|
|
|
28,812
|
|
|
|
27,667
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Book value per common share
(7)
|
|
$
|
77.12
|
|
|
$
|
72.62
|
|
Tangible book value per common
share
(8)
|
|
|
65.74
|
|
|
|
61.47
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Adjusted assets excludes (i) low-risk collateralized assets
generally associated with our matched book and securities
lending businesses (which we calculate by adding our securities
borrowed and financial instruments purchased under agreements to
resell, at fair value, and then subtracting our nonderivative
short positions), (ii) cash and securities we segregate for
regulatory and other purposes and (iii) goodwill and
identifiable intangible assets, excluding power contracts. We do
not deduct identifiable intangible assets associated with power
contracts from total assets in order to be consistent with the
calculation of tangible equity capital and the adjusted leverage
ratio (see footnote 2 below).
|
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of total assets
to adjusted assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
|
|
February
|
|
November
|
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Total assets
|
|
$
|
912,495
|
|
|
$
|
838,201
|
|
Deduct:
|
|
Securities borrowed
|
|
|
(241,270
|
)
|
|
|
(219,342
|
)
|
|
|
Financial instruments purchased
under agreements to resell,
at fair value
|
|
|
(81,886
|
)
|
|
|
(82,126
|
)
|
Add:
|
|
Financial instruments sold, but not
yet purchased, at fair value
|
|
|
166,481
|
|
|
|
155,805
|
|
|
|
Less derivative liabilities
|
|
|
(66,409
|
)
|
|
|
(65,496
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Subtotal
|
|
|
100,072
|
|
|
|
90,309
|
|
Deduct:
|
|
Cash and securities segregated for
regulatory and other purposes
|
|
|
(78,284
|
)
|
|
|
(80,990
|
)
|
|
|
Goodwill and identifiable
intangible assets, excluding power contracts
|
|
|
(4,988
|
)
|
|
|
(5,019
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted assets
|
|
$
|
606,139
|
|
|
$
|
541,033
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
Tangible equity capital equals total shareholders equity
and junior subordinated debt issued to a trust less goodwill and
identifiable intangible assets, excluding power contracts. We do
not deduct identifiable intangible assets associated with power
contracts from total shareholders equity because, unlike
other intangible assets, less than 50% of these assets are
supported by common shareholders equity. We consider
junior subordinated debt issued to a trust to be a component of
our tangible equity capital base due to the inherent
characteristics of these securities, including the long-term
nature of the securities, our ability to defer coupon interest
for up to ten consecutive semiannual periods and the
subordinated nature of the obligations in our capital structure.
|
74
|
|
|
|
|
The following table sets forth the reconciliation of total
shareholders equity to tangible equity capital:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
February
|
|
November
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
36,900
|
|
|
$
|
35,786
|
|
Add: Junior
subordinated debt issued to a trust
|
|
|
2,750
|
|
|
|
2,750
|
|
Deduct: Goodwill and
identifiable intangible assets, excluding power contracts
|
|
|
(4,988
|
)
|
|
|
(5,019
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tangible equity capital
|
|
$
|
34,662
|
|
|
$
|
33,517
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
Leverage ratio equals total assets divided by total
shareholders equity.
|
|
|
(4)
|
Adjusted leverage ratio equals adjusted assets divided by
tangible equity capital. We believe that the adjusted leverage
ratio is a more meaningful measure of our capital adequacy than
the leverage ratio because it excludes certain low-risk
collateralized assets that are generally supported with little
or no capital and reflects the tangible equity capital deployed
in our businesses.
|
|
|
(5)
|
Debt to equity ratio equals unsecured long-term borrowings
divided by total shareholders equity.
|
|
|
(6)
|
Tangible common shareholders equity equals total
shareholders equity less preferred stock, goodwill and
identifiable intangible assets, excluding power contracts. We do
not deduct identifiable intangible assets associated with power
contracts from total shareholders equity because, unlike
other intangible assets, less than 50% of these assets are
supported by common shareholders equity.
|
The following table sets forth a reconciliation of total
shareholders equity to tangible common shareholders
equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
February
|
|
November
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Total shareholders equity
|
|
$
|
36,900
|
|
|
$
|
35,786
|
|
Deduct: Preferred stock
|
|
|
(3,100
|
)
|
|
|
(3,100
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common shareholders equity
|
|
|
33,800
|
|
|
|
32,686
|
|
Deduct: Goodwill and
identifiable intangible assets, excluding power contracts
|
|
|
(4,988
|
)
|
|
|
(5,019
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tangible common shareholders
equity
|
|
$
|
28,812
|
|
|
$
|
27,667
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7)
|
Book value per common share is based on common shares
outstanding, including restricted stock units granted to
employees with no future service requirements, of
438.3 million and 450.1 million as of February 2007
and November 2006, respectively.
|
|
|
(8)
|
Tangible book value per common share is computed by dividing
tangible common shareholders equity by the number of
common shares outstanding, including restricted stock units
granted to employees with no future service requirements.
|
Contractual
Obligations and Commitments
Goldman Sachs has contractual obligations to make future
payments related to our unsecured long-term borrowings, secured
long-term financings, long-term noncancelable lease agreements
and purchase obligations and has commitments under a variety of
commercial arrangements.
75
The following table sets forth our contractual obligations by
fiscal maturity date as of February 2007:
Contractual
Obligations
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Remainder
|
|
2008-
|
|
2010-
|
|
2012-
|
|
|
|
|
of 2007
|
|
2009
|
|
2011
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
Total
|
|
Unsecured long-term borrowings
(1)(2)(3)
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
29,855
|
|
|
|
$21,025
|
|
|
|
$81,852
|
|
|
|
$132,732
|
|
Secured long-term financings
(1)(2)(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,027
|
|
|
|
6,792
|
|
|
|
11,451
|
|
|
|
24,270
|
|
Minimum rental payments
|
|
|
469
|
|
|
|
830
|
|
|
|
613
|
|
|
|
2,165
|
|
|
|
4,077
|
|
Purchase obligations
(5)
|
|
|
1,345
|
|
|
|
875
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
2,266
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Obligations maturing within one year of our financial statement
date or redeemable within one year of our financial statement
date at the option of the holder are excluded from this table
and are treated as short-term obligations. See Note 3 to
the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I,
Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for
further information regarding our secured financings.
|
|
|
(2)
|
Obligations that are repayable prior to maturity at the option
of Goldman Sachs are reflected at their contractual maturity
dates. Obligations that are redeemable prior to maturity at the
option of the holder are reflected at the dates such options
become exercisable.
|
|
|
(3)
|
Includes $14.20 billion accounted for at fair value under
SFAS No. 155 or SFAS No. 159 as of February
2007, primarily consisting of hybrid financial instruments.
|
|
|
(4)
|
These obligations are reported within Other secured
financings in the condensed consolidated statements of
financial condition and include $6.39 billion accounted for
at fair value under SFAS No. 155 and SFAS No. 159 as
of February 2007.
|
|
|
(5)
|
Primarily includes construction-related obligations.
|
As of February 2007, our unsecured long-term borrowings were
$132.73 billion and consisted principally of senior
borrowings with maturities extending to 2039. See Note 5 to
the condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I,
Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for further information regarding our unsecured long-term
borrowings.
As of February 2007, our future minimum rental payments, net of
minimum sublease rentals, under noncancelable leases were
$4.08 billion. These lease commitments, principally for
office space, expire on various dates through 2069. Certain
agreements are subject to periodic escalation provisions for
increases in real estate taxes and other charges. See
Note 6 to the condensed consolidated financial statements
in Part I, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for further information regarding our leases.
Our occupancy expenses include costs associated with office
space held in excess of our current requirements. This excess
space, the cost of which is charged to earnings as incurred, is
being held for potential growth or to replace currently occupied
space that we may exit in the future. We regularly evaluate our
current and future space capacity in relation to current and
projected staffing levels. We may incur exit costs in 2007 and
thereafter to the extent we (i) reduce our space capacity
or (ii) commit to, or occupy, new properties in the
locations in which we operate and, consequently, dispose of
existing space that had been held for potential growth. These
exit costs may be material to our results of operations in a
given period.
As of February 2007 and November 2006, we had
construction-related obligations of $1.88 billion and
$1.63 billion, respectively, including purchase obligations
of $986 million and $1.07 billion, respectively,
related to the development of wind energy projects.
Construction-related obligations also include outstanding
purchase obligations of $835 million and $500 million
as of February 2007 and November 2006, respectively, related to
our new world headquarters in New York City, which is expected
to cost between $2.3 billion and $2.5 billion.
76
In March 2007, we entered into an agreement to sell our interest
in Horizon Wind Energy LLC to Energias de Portugal, S.A.,
subject to the receipt of regulatory approvals and other closing
conditions. The transaction is expected to close during our
third quarter of 2007, and depending on the level of net
revenues in such period, the resulting gain may be material to
our results of operations.
The following table sets forth our commitments as of February
2007:
Commitments
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitment Amount
by Fiscal Period of Expiration
|
|
|
Remainder
|
|
2008-
|
|
2010-
|
|
2012-
|
|
|
|
|
of 2007
|
|
2009
|
|
2011
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
Total
|
|
Commitments to extend credit
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William Street program
|
|
$
|
1,477
|
|
|
$
|
2,464
|
|
|
$
|
11,801
|
|
|
$
|
3,514
|
|
|
$
|
19,256
|
|
Other commercial lending:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Investment-grade
|
|
|
2,400
|
|
|
|
7,551
|
|
|
|
3,531
|
|
|
|
398
|
|
|
|
13,880
|
|
Non-investment-grade
|
|
|
579
|
|
|
|
5,892
|
|
|
|
8,597
|
|
|
|
24,051
|
|
|
|
39,119
|
|
Warehouse financing
|
|
|
14,090
|
|
|
|
1,298
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15,388
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total commitments to extend credit
|
|
|
18,546
|
|
|
|
17,205
|
|
|
|
23,929
|
|
|
|
27,963
|
|
|
|
87,643
|
|
Forward starting resale and
securities borrowing agreements
|
|
|
18,425
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18,425
|
|
Forward starting repurchase and
securities lending agreements
|
|
|
30,593
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
30,593
|
|
Commitments under letters of
credit issued by banks to counterparties
|
|
|
5,500
|
|
|
|
377
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
6,046
|
|
Merchant banking commitments
|
|
|
4,212
|
|
|
|
3,208
|
|
|
|
2,764
|
|
|
|
2,252
|
|
|
|
12,436
|
|
Underwriting commitments
|
|
|
1,066
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,066
|
|
Other investment commitments
|
|
|
420
|
|
|
|
708
|
|
|
|
158
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
1,398
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
78,762
|
|
|
$
|
21,498
|
|
|
$
|
26,851
|
|
|
$
|
30,496
|
|
|
$
|
157,607
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Our commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to
counterparties that have fixed termination dates and are
contingent on the satisfaction of all conditions to borrowing
set forth in the contract. In connection with our lending
activities, we had outstanding commitments to extend credit of
$87.64 billion as of February 2007 compared with
$100.48 billion as of November 2006. Since these
commitments may expire unused or be reduced or cancelled at the
counterpartys request, the total commitment amount does
not necessarily reflect the actual future cash flow
requirements. Our commercial lending commitments outside the
William Street credit extension program are generally extended
in connection with contingent acquisition financing and other
types of corporate lending. We may seek to reduce our credit
risk on these commitments by syndicating all or substantial
portions of commitments to other investors. In addition,
commitments that are extended for contingent acquisition
financing are often short-term in nature, as borrowers often
replace them with other funding sources.
Substantially all of the commitments provided under the William
Street credit extension program are to investment-grade
corporate borrowers. Commitments under the program are primarily
extended by William Street Commitment Corporation (Commitment
Corp.), a consolidated wholly owned subsidiary of Group Inc.
whose assets and liabilities are legally separated from other
assets and liabilities of Goldman Sachs, and, to a lesser
extent, by William Street Credit Corporation, another
consolidated wholly owned subsidiary of Group Inc. A majority of
the commitments extended by Commitment Corp. are supported by
funding raised by William Street Funding Corporation (Funding
Corp.), another consolidated wholly owned subsidiary of Group
Inc. whose assets and liabilities are also legally separated
from other assets and liabilities of Goldman Sachs. With respect
to substantially all of the William Street commitments, SMFG
provides us with credit loss protection that is generally
limited to 95% of the first loss we realize on approved loan
commitments, up to a maximum of $1.00 billion. In addition,
subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, upon our
request, SMFG will provide protection for 70% of the second loss
on such commitments, up to a
77
maximum of $1.13 billion. We also use other financial
instruments to mitigate credit risks related to certain William
Street commitments not covered by SMFG.
Our commitments to extend credit also include financing for the
warehousing of financial assets to be securitized, primarily in
connection with collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) and
mortgage securitizations, which are expected to be repaid from
the proceeds of the related securitizations for which we may or
may not act as underwriter. These arrangements are secured by
the warehoused assets, primarily consisting of mortgage-backed
and other asset-backed securities, residential and commercial
mortgages and corporate debt instruments.
See Note 6 to the condensed consolidated financial
statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for further information regarding our commitments, contingencies
and guarantees.
Market
Risk
The potential for changes in the market value of our trading and
investing positions is referred to as market risk. Such
positions result from market-making, specialist, proprietary
trading and investing, and underwriting activities.
Categories of market risk include exposures to interest rates,
equity prices, currency rates and commodity prices. A
description of each market risk category is set forth below:
|
|
|
|
|
Interest rate risks primarily result from exposures to changes
in the level, slope and curvature of the yield curve, the
volatility of interest rates, mortgage prepayment speeds and
credit spreads.
|
|
|
|
Equity price risks result from exposures to changes in prices
and volatilities of individual equities, equity baskets and
equity indices.
|
|
|
|
Currency rate risks result from exposures to changes in spot
prices, forward prices and volatilities of currency rates.
|
|
|
|
Commodity price risks result from exposures to changes in spot
prices, forward prices and volatilities of commodities, such as
electricity, natural gas, crude oil, petroleum products, and
precious and base metals.
|
We seek to manage these risks by diversifying exposures,
controlling position sizes and establishing economic hedges in
related securities or derivatives. For example, we may hedge a
portfolio of common stocks by taking an offsetting position in a
related equity-index futures contract. The ability to manage an
exposure may, however, be limited by adverse changes in the
liquidity of the security or the related hedge instrument and in
the correlation of price movements between the security and
related hedge instrument.
In addition to applying business judgment, senior management
uses a number of quantitative tools to manage our exposure to
market risk for Financial instruments owned, at fair
value and Financial instruments sold, but not yet
purchased, at fair value in the condensed consolidated
statements of financial condition. These tools include:
|
|
|
|
|
risk limits based on a summary measure of market risk exposure
referred to as VaR;
|
|
|
|
scenario analyses, stress tests and other analytical tools that
measure the potential effects on our trading net revenues of
various market events, including, but not limited to, a large
widening of credit spreads, a substantial decline in equity
markets and significant moves in selected emerging
markets; and
|
|
|
|
inventory position limits for selected business units.
|
78
VaR
VaR is the potential loss in value of Goldman Sachs
trading positions due to adverse market movements over a defined
time horizon with a specified confidence level.
For the VaR numbers reported below, a
one-day time
horizon and a 95% confidence level were used. This means that
there is a 1 in 20 chance that daily trading net revenues will
fall below the expected daily trading net revenues by an amount
at least as large as the reported VaR. Thus, shortfalls from
expected trading net revenues on a single trading day greater
than the reported VaR would be anticipated to occur, on average,
about once a month. Shortfalls on a single day can exceed
reported VaR by significant amounts. Shortfalls can also
accumulate over a longer time horizon such as a number of
consecutive trading days.
The modeling of the risk characteristics of our trading
positions involves a number of assumptions and approximations.
While management believes that these assumptions and
approximations are reasonable, there is no standard methodology
for estimating VaR, and different assumptions
and/or
approximations could produce materially different VaR estimates.
We use historical data to estimate our VaR and, to better
reflect current asset volatilities, we generally weight
historical data to give greater importance to more recent
observations. Given its reliance on historical data, VaR is most
effective in estimating risk exposures in markets in which there
are no sudden fundamental changes or shifts in market
conditions. An inherent limitation of VaR is that the
distribution of past changes in market risk factors may not
produce accurate predictions of future market risk. Different
VaR methodologies and distributional assumptions could produce a
materially different VaR. Moreover, VaR calculated for a
one-day time
horizon does not fully capture the market risk of positions that
cannot be liquidated or offset with hedges within one day.
The following tables set forth the daily VaR:
Average Daily
VaR
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average for
the
|
|
|
Three Months
Ended
|
|
|
February
|
|
February
|
Risk
Categories
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
Interest rates
|
|
$
|
57
|
|
|
$
|
40
|
|
Equity prices
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
69
|
|
Currency rates
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
Commodity prices
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
30
|
|
Diversification
effect (1)
|
|
|
(74
|
)
|
|
|
(65
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
127
|
|
|
$
|
92
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Equals the difference between total VaR and the sum of the VaRs
for the four risk categories. This effect arises because the
four market risk categories are not perfectly correlated.
|
79
Our average daily VaR increased to $127 million for the
first quarter of 2007 from $92 million for the first
quarter of 2006, primarily due to increased levels of exposure
to equity prices and interest rates.
Daily VaR
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
As of
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
February
|
|
November
|
|
February
2007
|
Risk
Categories
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
High
|
|
Low
|
|
Interest rates
|
|
$
|
90
|
|
|
$
|
51
|
|
|
$
|
90
|
|
|
$
|
42
|
|
Equity prices
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
125
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
Currency rates
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Commodity prices
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Diversification
effect (1)
|
|
|
(102
|
)
|
|
|
(52
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
154
|
|
|
$
|
119
|
|
|
$
|
155
|
|
|
$
|
104
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Equals the difference between total VaR and the sum of the VaRs
for the four risk categories. This effect arises because the
four market risk categories are not perfectly correlated.
|
Our daily VaR increased to $154 million as of February 2007
from $119 million as of November 2006, primarily due
to increased levels of exposure to interest rates, equity prices
and commodity prices.
The following chart presents our daily VaR during the last four
quarters:
Daily VaR
($ in
millions)
80
Trading Net
Revenues Distribution
Substantially all of our inventory positions are
marked-to-market
on a daily basis and changes are recorded in net revenues. The
following chart sets forth the frequency distribution of our
daily trading net revenues for substantially all inventory
positions included in VaR for the quarter ended February 2007:
Daily Trading Net
Revenues
($ in
millions)
Daily Trading Net Revenues
As part of our overall risk control process, daily trading net
revenues are compared with VaR calculated as of the end of the
prior business day. Trading losses incurred on a single day did
not exceed our 95%
one-day VaR
during the first quarter of 2007.
Other Market
Risk Measures
Certain portfolios and individual positions are not included in
VaR, where VaR is not the most appropriate measure of risk
(e.g., due to transfer restrictions
and/or
illiquidity). The market risk related to our investments in the
convertible preferred stock of SMFG and the ordinary shares of
ICBC is measured by estimating the potential reduction in net
revenues associated with a 10% decline in the SMFG common stock
price and a 10% decline in the ICBC ordinary share price,
respectively. The market risk related to the remaining positions
is measured by estimating the potential reduction in net
revenues associated with a 10% decline in asset values.
The sensitivity analyses for equity and debt positions in our
trading portfolio and equity, debt (primarily mezzanine
instruments) and real estate positions in our non-trading
portfolio are measured by the impact of a decline in the asset
values (including the impact of leverage in the underlying
investments for real estate positions in our non-trading
portfolio) of such positions. The fair value of the underlying
positions may be impacted by factors such as transactions in
similar instruments, completed or pending third-party
transactions in the underlying investment or comparable
entities, subsequent rounds of financing, recapitalizations and
other transactions across the capital structure, offerings in
the equity or debt capital markets, and changes in financial
ratios or cash flows.
81
The sensitivity analysis of our investment in the convertible
preferred stock of SMFG, net of the economic hedge on the
unrestricted shares of common stock underlying a portion of our
investment, is measured by the impact of a decline in the SMFG
common stock price. This sensitivity should not be extrapolated
to a significant decline in the SMFG common stock price, as the
relationship between the fair value of our investment and the
SMFG common stock price would be nonlinear due to downside
protection on the conversion stock price.
The sensitivity analysis of our investment in the ordinary
shares of ICBC excludes interests held by investment funds
managed by Goldman Sachs.
The following table sets forth market risk for positions not
included in VaR. These measures do not reflect diversification
benefits across asset categories and, given the differing
likelihood of such events occurring, these measures have not
been aggregated:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10% Sensitivity
Measure
|
Asset
|
|
|
|
Amount
as of
|
|
Amount
as of
|
Categories
|
|
10% Sensitivity
Measure
|
|
February
2007
|
|
November
2006
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Trading
Risk (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Underlying asset value
|
|
|
$
|
512
|
|
|
$
|
377
|
|
Debt
|
|
|
Underlying asset value
|
|
|
|
782
|
|
|
|
725
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-trading
Risk
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SMFG
|
|
|
SMFG common stock price
|
|
|
|
133
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
ICBC
|
|
|
ICBC ordinary share price
|
|
|
|
217
|
|
|
|
191
|
|
Other Equity
|
|
|
Underlying asset value
|
|
|
|
462
|
|
|
|
390
|
|
Debt
|
|
|
Underlying asset value
|
|
|
|
222
|
|
|
|
199
|
|
Real
Estate (2)
|
|
|
Underlying asset value
|
|
|
|
455
|
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
In addition to the positions in
these portfolios, which are accounted for at fair value, we make
investments accounted for under the equity method and we also
make direct investments in real estate, both of which are
included in Other assets in the condensed
consolidated statements of financial condition. Direct
investments in real estate are accounted for at cost less
accumulated depreciation. See Note 10 to the condensed
consolidated financial statements in Part I, Item 1 of
this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for information on Other assets.
|
|
|
(2)
|
Relates to interests in our real
estate investment funds.
|
During the first quarter of 2007, the market risk for equity
positions in our trading portfolio increased due to new
investments as well as an increase in the fair value of the
portfolio. In our non-trading portfolio, the market risk for
real estate and other equity positions increased due to an
increase in the fair value of the portfolios as well as new
investments.
In addition, as of February 2007, in our bank and insurance
subsidiaries we held approximately $10.74 billion of
securities, primarily consisting of mortgage-backed, federal
agency and investment-grade corporate bonds.
82
Credit
Risk
Credit risk represents the loss that we would incur if a
counterparty or an issuer of securities or other instruments we
hold fails to perform under its contractual obligations to us,
or upon a deterioration in the credit quality of third parties
whose securities or other instruments, including OTC
derivatives, we hold. Our exposure to credit risk principally
arises through our trading, investing and financing activities.
To reduce our credit exposures, we seek to enter into netting
agreements with counterparties that permit us to offset
receivables and payables with such counterparties. In addition,
we attempt to further reduce credit risk with certain
counterparties by (i) entering into agreements that enable
us to obtain collateral from a counterparty on an upfront or
contingent basis, (ii) seeking
third-party
guarantees of the counterpartys obligations,
and/or
(iii) transferring our credit risk to third parties using
credit derivatives
and/or other
structures and techniques.
To measure and manage our credit exposures, we use a variety of
tools, including credit limits referenced to both current
exposure and potential exposure. Potential exposure is generally
based on projected worst-case market movements over the life of
a transaction. In addition, as part of our market risk
management process, for positions measured by changes in credit
spreads, we use VaR and other sensitivity measures. To
supplement our primary credit exposure measures, we also use
scenario analyses, such as credit spread widening scenarios,
stress tests and other quantitative tools.
Our global credit management systems monitor credit exposure to
individual counterparties and on an aggregate basis to
counterparties and their affiliates. These systems also provide
management, including the Firmwide Risk and Credit Policy
Committees, with information regarding credit risk by product,
industry sector, country and region.
While our activities expose us to many different industries and
counterparties, we routinely execute a high volume of
transactions with counterparties in the financial services
industry, including brokers and dealers, commercial banks,
investment funds and other institutional clients, resulting in
significant credit concentration with respect to this industry.
In the ordinary course of business, we may also be subject to a
concentration of credit risk to a particular counterparty,
borrower or issuer.
Derivatives
Derivative contracts are instruments, such as futures, forwards,
swaps or option contracts, that derive their value from
underlying assets, indices, reference rates or a combination of
these factors. Derivative instruments may be privately
negotiated contracts, which are often referred to as OTC
derivatives, or they may be listed and traded on an exchange.
Substantially all of our derivative transactions are entered
into to facilitate client transactions, to take proprietary
positions or as a means of risk management. In addition to
derivative transactions entered into for trading purposes, we
enter into derivative contracts to manage currency exposure on
our net investment in
non-U.S. operations
and to manage the interest rate and currency exposure on our
long-term borrowings and certain short-term borrowings.
Derivatives are used in many of our businesses, and we believe
that the associated market risk can only be understood relative
to all of the underlying assets or risks being hedged, or as
part of a broader trading strategy. Accordingly, the market risk
of derivative positions is managed together with our
nonderivative positions.
The fair value of our derivative contracts is reflected net of
cash paid or received pursuant to credit support agreements and
is reported on a
net-by-counterparty
basis in our condensed consolidated statements of financial
condition when management believes a legal right of setoff
exists under an enforceable netting agreement. For an OTC
derivative, our credit exposure is directly with our
counterparty and continues until the maturity or termination of
such contract.
83
The following tables set forth the fair values of our OTC
derivative assets and liabilities by product and by remaining
contractual maturity:
OTC
Derivatives
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
As of February
2007
|
|
|
0 - 6
|
|
6 - 12
|
|
1 - 5
|
|
5 - 10
|
|
10 Years
|
|
|
Contract
Type
|
|
Months
|
|
Months
|
|
Years
|
|
Years
|
|
or
Greater
|
|
Total
|
|
Interest
rates (1)
|
|
$
|
1,895
|
|
|
$
|
1,317
|
|
|
$
|
6,399
|
|
|
$
|
5,281
|
|
|
$
|
9,265
|
|
|
$
|
24,157
|
|
Currencies
|
|
|
4,472
|
|
|
|
1,128
|
|
|
|
3,094
|
|
|
|
1,700
|
|
|
|
519
|
|
|
|
10,913
|
|
Commodities
|
|
|
4,008
|
|
|
|
3,455
|
|
|
|
5,171
|
|
|
|
674
|
|
|
|
240
|
|
|
|
13,548
|
|
Equities
|
|
|
2,005
|
|
|
|
1,036
|
|
|
|
1,819
|
|
|
|
2,703
|
|
|
|
843
|
|
|
|
8,406
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
12,380
|
|
|
$
|
6,936
|
|
|
$
|
16,483
|
|
|
$
|
10,358
|
|
|
$
|
10,867
|
|
|
$
|
57,024
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 - 6
|
|
6 - 12
|
|
1 - 5
|
|
5 - 10
|
|
10 Years
|
|
|
Contract
Type
|
|
Months
|
|
Months
|
|
Years
|
|
Years
|
|
or
Greater
|
|
Total
|
|
Interest
rates (1)
|
|
$
|
4,916
|
|
|
$
|
1,015
|
|
|
$
|
5,262
|
|
|
$
|
3,280
|
|
|
$
|
4,953
|
|
|
$
|
19,426
|
|
Currencies
|
|
|
5,094
|
|
|
|
1,245
|
|
|
|
2,783
|
|
|
|
533
|
|
|
|
607
|
|
|
|
10,262
|
|
Commodities
|
|
|
3,799
|
|
|
|
2,931
|
|
|
|
4,559
|
|
|
|
995
|
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
|
12,370
|
|
Equities
|
|
|
2,109
|
|
|
|
1,984
|
|
|
|
4,364
|
|
|
|
3,362
|
|
|
|
305
|
|
|
|
12,124
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
15,918
|
|
|
$
|
7,175
|
|
|
$
|
16,968
|
|
|
$
|
8,170
|
|
|
$
|
5,951
|
|
|
$
|
54,182
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assets
|
|
As of November
2006
|
|
|
0 - 6
|
|
6 - 12
|
|
1 - 5
|
|
5 - 10
|
|
10 Years
|
|
|
Contract
Type
|
|
Months
|
|
Months
|
|
Years
|
|
Years
|
|
or
Greater
|
|
Total
|
|
Interest
rates (1)
|
|
$
|
2,432
|
|
|
$
|
1,706
|
|
|
$
|
5,617
|
|
|
$
|
5,217
|
|
|
$
|
6,201
|
|
|
$
|
21,173
|
|
Currencies
|
|
|
5,578
|
|
|
|
943
|
|
|
|
3,103
|
|
|
|
1,669
|
|
|
|
966
|
|
|
|
12,259
|
|
Commodities
|
|
|
3,892
|
|
|
|
1,215
|
|
|
|
5,836
|
|
|
|
1,258
|
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
|
12,432
|
|
Equities
|
|
|
1,430
|
|
|
|
1,134
|
|
|
|
1,329
|
|
|
|
2,144
|
|
|
|
1,235
|
|
|
|
7,272
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
13,332
|
|
|
$
|
4,998
|
|
|
$
|
15,885
|
|
|
$
|
10,288
|
|
|
$
|
8,633
|
|
|
$
|
53,136
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liabilities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 - 6
|
|
6 - 12
|
|
1 - 5
|
|
5 - 10
|
|
10 Years
|
|
|
Contract
Type
|
|
Months
|
|
Months
|
|
Years
|
|
Years
|
|
or
Greater
|
|
Total
|
|
Interest
rates (1)
|
|
$
|
2,807
|
|
|
$
|
1,242
|
|
|
$
|
6,064
|
|
|
$
|
3,582
|
|
|
$
|
5,138
|
|
|
$
|
18,833
|
|
Currencies
|
|
|
6,859
|
|
|
|
1,290
|
|
|
|
2,582
|
|
|
|
494
|
|
|
|
634
|
|
|
|
11,859
|
|
Commodities
|
|
|
3,078
|
|
|
|
658
|
|
|
|
4,253
|
|
|
|
1,643
|
|
|
|
273
|
|
|
|
9,905
|
|
Equities
|
|
|
3,235
|
|
|
|
1,682
|
|
|
|
2,615
|
|
|
|
3,239
|
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
|
11,048
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
15,979
|
|
|
$
|
4,872
|
|
|
$
|
15,514
|
|
|
$
|
8,958
|
|
|
$
|
6,322
|
|
|
$
|
51,645
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Includes credit derivatives.
|
We enter into certain OTC option transactions that provide us or
our counterparties with the right to extend the maturity of the
underlying contract. The fair value of these option contracts is
not material to the aggregate fair value of our OTC derivative
portfolio. In the tables above, for option contracts that
require settlement by delivery of an underlying derivative
instrument, the remaining contractual maturity is generally
classified based upon the maturity date of the underlying
derivative instrument. In those instances where the underlying
instrument does not have a maturity date or either counterparty
has the right to settle in cash, the remaining contractual
maturity is generally based upon the option expiration date.
84
The following table sets forth the distribution, by credit
rating, of substantially all of our exposure with respect to OTC
derivatives as of February 2007 and November 2006, after taking
into consideration the effect of netting agreements. The
categories shown reflect our internally determined public rating
agency equivalents:
Over-the-Counter
Derivative Credit Exposure
($ in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
As of February
2007
|
|
November
2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exposure
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
|
|
|
Collateral
|
|
Net of
|
|
Total Exposure
|
|
Total Exposure
|
Credit Rating
Equivalent
|
|
Exposure (1)
|
|
Held
|
|
Collateral
|
|
Net of
Collateral
|
|
Net of
Collateral
|
|
AAA/Aaa
|
|
$
|
6,031
|
|
|
$
|
1,015
|
|
|
$
|
5,016
|
|
|
|
12
|
%
|
|
|
12
|
%
|
AA/Aa2
|
|
|
14,689
|
|
|
|
1,927
|
|
|
|
12,762
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
A/A2
|
|
|
18,830
|
|
|
|
5,439
|
|
|
|
13,391
|
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
BBB/Baa2
|
|
|
7,442
|
|
|
|
2,285
|
|
|
|
5,157
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
BB/Ba2 or lower
|
|
|
8,528
|
|
|
|
3,941
|
|
|
|
4,587
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Unrated
|
|
|
1,504
|
|
|
|
1,002
|
|
|
|
502
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
57,024
|
|
|
$
|
15,609
|
|
|
$
|
41,415
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Net of cash received pursuant to
credit support agreements of $25.81 billion.
|
The following tables set forth our OTC derivative credit
exposure, net of collateral, by remaining contractual maturity:
Exposure Net of
Collateral
(in
millions)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 - 6
|
|
6 - 12
|
|
1 - 5
|
|
5 - 10
|
|
10 Years
|
|
|
Credit Rating
Equivalent
|
|
Months
|
|
Months
|
|
Years
|
|
Years
|
|
or
Greater
|
|
Total (1)
|
|
AAA/Aaa
|
|
$
|
935
|
|
|
$
|
160
|
|
|
$
|
1,234
|
|
|
$
|
952
|
|
|
$
|
1,735
|
|
|
$
|
5,016
|
|
AA/Aa2
|
|
|
2,357
|
|
|
|
1,433
|
|
|
|
3,232
|
|
|
|
2,986
|
|
|
|
2,754
|
|
|
|
12,762
|
|
A/A2
|
|
|
4,072
|
|
|
|
2,059
|
|
|
|
3,877
|
|
|
|
1,534
|
|
|
|
1,849
|
|
|
|
13,391
|
|
BBB/Baa2
|
|
|
1,319
|
|
|
|
1,143
|
|
|
|
1,954
|
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
|
522
|
|
|
|
5,157
|
|
BB/Ba2 or lower
|
|
|
1,308
|
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
|
1,727
|
|
|
|
670
|
|
|
|
378
|
|
|
|
4,587
|
|
Unrated
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
180
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
502
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
10,239
|
|
|
$
|
5,305
|
|
|
$
|
12,061
|
|
|
$
|
6,541
|
|
|
$
|
7,269
|
|
|
$
|
41,415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 - 6
|
|
6 - 12
|
|
1 - 5
|
|
5 - 10
|
|
10 Years
|
|
|
Contract
Type
|
|
Months
|
|
Months
|
|
Years
|
|
Years
|
|
or
Greater
|
|
Total (1)
|
|
Interest
rates (2)
|
|
$
|
1,698
|
|
|
$
|
978
|
|
|
$
|
4,700
|
|
|
$
|
3,546
|
|
|
$
|
5,926
|
|
|
$
|
16,848
|
|
Currencies
|
|
|
3,795
|
|
|
|
972
|
|
|
|
2,447
|
|
|
|
1,206
|
|
|
|
357
|
|
|
|
8,777
|
|
Commodities
|
|
|
3,646
|
|
|
|
2,679
|
|
|
|
3,669
|
|
|
|
421
|
|
|
|
240
|
|
|
|
10,655
|
|
Equities
|
|
|
1,100
|
|
|
|
676
|
|
|
|
1,245
|
|
|
|
1,368
|
|
|
|
746
|
|
|
|
5,135
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
10,239
|
|
|
$
|
5,305
|
|
|
$
|
12,061
|
|
|
$
|
6,541
|
|
|
$
|
7,269
|
|
|
$
|
41,415
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Where we have obtained collateral
from a counterparty under a master trading agreement that covers
multiple products and transactions, we have allocated the
collateral ratably based on exposure before giving effect to
such collateral.
|
|
|
(2)
|
Includes credit derivatives.
|
85
Derivative transactions may also involve legal risks including
the risk that they are not authorized or appropriate for a
counterparty, that documentation has not been properly executed
or that executed agreements may not be enforceable against the
counterparty. We attempt to minimize these risks by obtaining
advice of counsel on the enforceability of agreements as well as
on the authority of a counterparty to effect the derivative
transaction. In addition, certain derivative transactions (e.g.,
credit derivative contracts) involve the risk that we may have
difficulty obtaining, or be unable to obtain, the underlying
security or obligation in order to satisfy any physical
settlement requirement.
Liquidity and
Funding Risk
Liquidity is of critical importance to companies in the
financial services sector. Most failures of financial
institutions have occurred in large part due to insufficient
liquidity resulting from adverse circumstances. Accordingly,
Goldman Sachs has in place a comprehensive set of liquidity and
funding policies that are intended to maintain significant
flexibility to address both Goldman Sachs-specific and broader
industry or market liquidity events. Our principal objective is
to be able to fund Goldman Sachs and to enable our core
businesses to continue to generate revenues, even under adverse
circumstances.
Management has implemented a number of policies according to the
following liquidity risk management framework:
|
|
|
|
|
Excess Liquidity We maintain substantial excess
liquidity to meet a broad range of potential cash outflows in a
stressed environment including financing obligations.
|
|
|
|
Asset-Liability Management We ensure our
funding sources are sufficiently long-term in order to withstand
a prolonged or severe liquidity-stressed environment without
having to rely on asset sales.
|
|
|
|
Conservative Liability Structure We access
funding across a diverse range of markets, products and
counterparties, emphasize less credit-sensitive sources of
funding and conservatively manage the distribution of funding
across our entity structure.
|
|
|
|
Crisis Planning We base our liquidity and
funding management on stress-scenario planning and maintain a
crisis plan detailing our response to a liquidity threatening
event.
|
Excess
Liquidity
Our most important liquidity policy is to pre-fund what we
estimate will be our likely cash needs during a liquidity crisis
and hold such excess liquidity in the form of unencumbered,
highly liquid securities that may be sold or pledged to provide
same-day
liquidity. This Global Core Excess liquidity is
intended to allow us to meet immediate obligations without
needing to sell other assets or depend on additional funding
from credit-sensitive markets. We believe that this pool of
excess liquidity provides us with a resilient source of funds
and gives us significant flexibility in managing through a
difficult funding environment. Our Global Core Excess reflects
the following principles:
|
|
|
|
|
The first days or weeks of a liquidity crisis are the most
critical to a companys survival.
|
|
|
|
Focus must be maintained on all potential cash and collateral
outflows, not just disruptions to financing flows. Goldman
Sachs businesses are diverse, and its cash needs are
driven by many factors, including market movements, collateral
requirements and client commitments, all of which can change
dramatically in a difficult funding environment.
|
|
|
|
During a liquidity crisis, credit-sensitive funding, including
unsecured debt and some types of secured financing agreements,
may be unavailable and the terms or availability of other types
of secured financing may change.
|
86
|
|
|
|
|
As a result of our policy to pre-fund liquidity that we estimate
may be needed in a crisis, we hold more unencumbered securities
and have larger unsecured debt balances than our businesses
would otherwise require. We believe that our liquidity is
stronger with greater balances of highly liquid unencumbered
securities, even though it increases our unsecured liabilities.
|
The size of our Global Core Excess is based on an internal
liquidity model together with a qualitative assessment of the
condition of the financial markets and of Goldman Sachs. Our
liquidity model identifies and estimates cash and collateral
outflows over a short-term horizon in a liquidity crisis,
including, but not limited to:
|
|
|
|
|
upcoming maturities of unsecured debt and letters of credit;
|
|
|
|
potential buybacks of a portion of our outstanding negotiable
unsecured debt;
|
|
|
|
adverse changes in the terms or availability of secured funding;
|
|
|
|
derivatives and other margin and collateral outflows, including
those due to market moves;
|
|
|
|
potential cash outflows associated with our prime brokerage
business;
|
|
|
|
additional collateral that could be called in the event of a
two-notch downgrade in our credit ratings;
|
|
|
|
draws on our unfunded commitments not supported by William
Street Funding
Corporation (1);
and
|
|
|
|
upcoming cash outflows, such as tax and other large payments.
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
The Global Core Excess excludes liquid assets of
$6.58 billion held separately by William Street Funding
Corporation. See Contractual Obligations and
Commitments above for a further discussion of the William
Street credit extension program.
|
The following table sets forth the average loan value (the
estimated amount of cash that would be advanced by
counterparties against these securities) of our Global Core
Excess:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Three Months
|
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
Year Ended
|
|
|
February
2007
|
|
November
2006
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
U.S. dollar-denominated
|
|
$
|
44,886
|
|
|
$
|
40,862
|
|
Non-U.S. dollar-denominated
|
|
|
10,307
|
|
|
|
10,202
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Global Core Excess
|
|
$
|
55,193
|
|
|
$
|
51,064
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The U.S. dollar-denominated excess is comprised of only
unencumbered U.S. government and agency securities and
highly liquid mortgage securities, all of which are Federal
Reserve repo-eligible, as well as overnight cash deposits. Our
non-U.S. dollar-denominated
excess is comprised of only unencumbered French, German, United
Kingdom and Japanese government bonds and euro, British pound
and Japanese yen overnight cash deposits. We strictly limit our
Global Core Excess to this narrowly defined list of securities
and cash that we believe are highly liquid, even in a difficult
funding environment.
The majority of our Global Core Excess is structured such that
it is available to meet the liquidity requirements of our parent
company, Group Inc., and all of its subsidiaries. The remainder
is primarily held to better match the currency and timing
requirements for potential liquidity obligations of our
principal
non-U.S. operating
entities.
In addition to our Global Core Excess, we have a significant
amount of other unencumbered securities as a result of our
business activities. These assets, which are located in the
United States, Europe and Asia, include other government bonds,
high-grade money market securities, corporate bonds and
marginable equities. We do not include these securities in our
Global Core Excess.
87
We maintain Global Core Excess and other unencumbered assets in
an amount that, if pledged or sold, would provide the funds
necessary to replace at least 110% of our unsecured obligations
that are scheduled to mature (or where holders have the option
to redeem) within the next 12 months. We assume
conservative loan values that are based on stress-scenario
borrowing capacity and we regularly review these assumptions
asset class by asset class.
Asset-Liability
Management
We seek to maintain a highly liquid balance sheet and
substantially all of our inventory is
marked-to-market
daily. We utilize aged inventory limits for certain financial
instruments as a disincentive to our businesses to hold
inventory over longer periods of time. We believe that these
limits provide a complementary mechanism for ensuring
appropriate balance sheet liquidity in addition to our standard
position limits. Although our balance sheet fluctuates due to
seasonal activity, market conventions and periodic market
opportunities in certain of our businesses, our total assets and
adjusted assets at financial statement dates are not materially
different than those occurring within our reporting periods.
We seek to manage the maturity profile of our funding base such
that we should be able to liquidate our assets prior to our
liabilities coming due, even in times of prolonged or severe
liquidity stress. We do not rely on immediate sales of assets
(other than our Global Core Excess) to maintain liquidity in a
distressed environment, although we recognize orderly asset
sales may be prudent and necessary in a persistent liquidity
crisis.
In order to avoid reliance on asset sales, our goal is to ensure
that we have sufficient total capital (unsecured long-term
borrowings plus total shareholders equity) to fund our
balance sheet for at least one year. The amount of our total
capital is based on an internal liquidity model, which
incorporates, among other things, the following long-term
financing requirements:
|
|
|
|
|
the portion of financial instruments owned that we believe could
not be funded on a secured basis in periods of market stress,
assuming conservative loan values;
|
|
|
|
goodwill and identifiable intangible assets, property, leasehold
improvements and equipment, and other illiquid assets;
|
|
|
|
derivative and other margin and collateral requirements;
|
|
|
|
anticipated draws on our unfunded loan commitments; and
|
|
|
|
capital or other forms of financing in our regulated
subsidiaries that is in excess of their
long-term
financing requirements. See Conservative
Liability Structure below for a further discussion of how
we fund our subsidiaries.
|
88
Certain financial instruments may be more difficult to fund on a
secured basis during times of market stress. Accordingly, we
generally hold higher levels of total capital for these assets
than more liquid types of financial instruments. The table below
sets forth our aggregate holdings in these categories of
financial instruments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of
|
|
|
February
|
|
November
|
|
|
2007
|
|
2006
|
|
|
(in millions)
|
|
Mortgage whole loans and
collateralized debt
obligations (1)
|
|
$
|
46,259
|
|
|
$
|
41,017
|
|
Bank
loans (2)
|
|
|
28,171
|
|
|
|
28,196
|
|
High-yield securities
|
|
|
12,310
|
|
|
|
11,054
|
|
Emerging market debt securities
|
|
|
2,748
|
|
|
|
2,291
|
|
SMFG convertible preferred stock
|
|
|
4,662
|
|
|
|
4,505
|
|
ICBC ordinary
shares (3)
|
|
|
5,898
|
|
|
|
5,194
|
|
Other corporate principal
investments (4)
|
|
|
4,878
|
|
|
|
3,675
|
|
Other private equity and
restricted public equity securities
|
|
|
4,735
|
|
|
|
3,736
|
|
Real estate principal
investments (4)
|
|
|
1,141
|
|
|
|
588
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Includes certain mortgage-backed interests held in QSPEs. See
Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial statements in
Part I, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for further information regarding our securitization activities.
|
|
|
(2)
|
Includes funded commitments and inventory held in connection
with our origination and secondary trading activities.
|
|
|
(3)
|
Includes interests of $3.73 billion and $3.28 billion
as of February 2007 and November 2006, respectively, held by
investment funds managed by Goldman Sachs.
|
|
|
(4)
|
Excludes assets related to consolidated investment funds of
$12.13 billion and $6.03 billion as of February 2007
and November 2006, respectively, for which Goldman Sachs is not
at risk.
|
A large portion of these assets are funded through secured
funding markets or nonrecourse financing. We focus on
demonstrating a consistent ability to fund these assets on a
secured basis for extended periods of time to reduce refinancing
risk and to help ensure that they have an established amount of
loan value in order that they can be funded in periods of market
stress.
See Note 3 to the condensed consolidated financial
statements in Part I, Item 1 of this Quarterly Report
on
Form 10-Q
for further information regarding the financial instruments we
hold.
Conservative
Liability Structure
We seek to structure our liabilities conservatively to reduce
refinancing risk and the risk that we may redeem or repurchase
certain of our borrowings prior to their contractual maturity.
Our conservative liability structure reflects the following
policies:
|
|
|
|
|
We fund a substantial portion of our inventory on a secured
basis. We believe secured financing provides Goldman Sachs with
a more stable source of liquidity than unsecured financing, as
it is less sensitive to changes in our credit due to underlying
collateral.
|
|
|
|
Our liquidity depends to an important degree on the stability of
our short-term unsecured financing base. Accordingly, we prefer
the use of promissory notes (in which Goldman Sachs does not
make a market) over commercial paper, which we may repurchase
prior to maturity through the ordinary course of business as a
market maker. As of February 2007 and November 2006, our
unsecured short-term borrowings, including the current portion
of unsecured long-term borrowings, was $54.06 billion and
$47.90 billion, respectively. See Note 4 to the
condensed consolidated financial statements in Part I,
Item 1 of this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q
for further information regarding our unsecured short-term
borrowings.
|
|
|
|
We recognize that secured funding transactions have greater
refinancing risk when the underlying collateral is more
difficult to fund. Consequently, we seek longer maturities for
|
89
|
|
|
|
|
secured funding transactions collateralized by these assets. In
some cases, we use extendible maturity features to obtain a
rolling minimum term to the funding.
|
|
|
|
|
|
We issue substantially all of our unsecured debt without
provisions that would, based solely upon an adverse change in
our credit ratings, financial ratios, earnings, cash flows or
stock price, trigger a requirement for an early payment,
collateral support, change in terms, acceleration of maturity or
the creation of an additional financial obligation.
|
We seek to maintain broad and diversified funding sources
globally for both secured and unsecured funding. We make
extensive use of the repurchase agreement and securities lending
markets, as well as other secured funding markets. In addition,
we issue debt through syndicated U.S. registered offerings,
U.S. registered and 144A medium-term note programs,
offshore
medium-term
note offerings and other bond offerings, U.S. and
non-U.S. commercial
paper and promissory note issuances, and other methods. We also
arrange for letters of credit to be issued on our behalf.
We benefit from distributing our debt issuances through our own
sales force to a large, diverse global creditor base and we
believe that our relationships with our creditors are critical
to our liquidity. Our creditors include banks, governments,
securities lenders, pension funds, insurance companies and
mutual funds. We access funding in a variety of markets in the
United States, Europe and Asia. We have imposed various internal
guidelines on investor concentration, including the amount of
our commercial paper that can be owned and letters of credit
that can be issued by any single investor or group of investors.
To mitigate refinancing risk, we have created internal
guidelines on the principal amount of debt maturing on any one
day or during any week or year. The following table sets forth
our quarterly unsecured long-term borrowings maturity profile
through the first quarter of 2013:
Unsecured
Long-Term Borrowings Maturity Profile
($ in
millions)
|
|
(1) |
Our unsecured long-term borrowings include extendible debt if
the earliest maturity is one year or greater from our financial
statement date. Extendible debt is categorized in the maturity
profile at the earliest possible maturity even though the debt
can be, and in the past generally has been, extended.
|
90
The weighted average maturity of our unsecured long-term
borrowings as of February 2007 was approximately eight years. We
swap a substantial portion of our long-term borrowings into
U.S. dollar obligations with short-term floating interest
rates in order to minimize our exposure to interest rates and
foreign exchange movements.
See Risk Factors in Part I, Item 1A of the
Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for a discussion of factors that could impair our ability to
access the capital markets.
Subsidiary Funding Policies. Substantially all
of our unsecured funding is raised by our parent company, Group
Inc. The parent company then lends the necessary funds to its
subsidiaries, some of which are regulated, to meet their asset
financing and capital requirements. In addition, the parent
company provides its regulated subsidiaries with the necessary
capital to meet their regulatory requirements. The benefits of
this approach to subsidiary funding include enhanced control and
greater flexibility to meet the funding requirements of our
subsidiaries.
Our intercompany funding policies are predicated on an
assumption that, unless legally provided for, funds or
securities are not freely available from a subsidiary to its
parent company or other subsidiaries. In particular, many of our
subsidiaries are subject to laws that authorize regulatory
bodies to block or limit the flow of funds from those
subsidiaries to Group Inc. Regulatory action of that kind could
impede access to funds that Group Inc. needs to make payments on
obligations, including debt obligations. As such, we assume that
capital or other financing provided to our regulated
subsidiaries is not available to our parent company or other
subsidiaries. In addition, we assume that the Global Core Excess
held in our principal
non-U.S. operating
entities will not be available to our parent company or other
subsidiaries and therefore is available only to meet the
potential liquidity requirements of those entities.
We also manage our liquidity risk by requiring senior and
subordinated intercompany loans to have maturities equal to or
shorter than the maturities of the aggregate borrowings of the
parent company. This policy ensures that the subsidiaries
obligations to the parent company will generally mature in
advance of the parent companys third-party borrowings. In
addition, many of our subsidiaries and affiliates pledge
collateral to the parent company to cover their intercompany
borrowings (other than subordinated debt) in order to mitigate
parent company liquidity risk.
Group Inc. has provided substantial amounts of equity and
subordinated indebtedness, directly or indirectly, to its
regulated subsidiaries; for example, as of February 2007, Group
Inc. had $19.13 billion of such equity and subordinated
indebtedness invested in Goldman, Sachs & Co., its
principal U.S. registered broker-dealer;
$19.18 billion invested in Goldman Sachs International, a
regulated U.K. broker-dealer; $2.46 billion invested in
Goldman Sachs Execution & Clearing, L.P., a
U.S. registered broker-dealer; and $2.73 billion
invested in Goldman Sachs Japan Co., Ltd., a regulated Japanese
broker-dealer. Group Inc. also had $52.72 billion of
unsubordinated loans to these entities as of February 2007, as
well as significant amounts of capital invested in and loans to
its other regulated subsidiaries.
Crisis
Planning
In order to be prepared for a liquidity event, or a period of
market stress, we base our liquidity risk management framework
and our resulting funding and liquidity policies on conservative
stress-scenario assumptions. Our planning incorporates several
market-based and operational stress scenarios. We also
periodically conduct liquidity crisis drills to test our lines
of communication and backup funding procedures.
91
In addition, we maintain a liquidity crisis plan that specifies
an approach for analyzing and responding to a
liquidity-threatening event. The plan provides the framework to
estimate the likely impact of a liquidity event on Goldman Sachs
based on some of the risks identified above and outlines which
and to what extent liquidity maintenance activities should be
implemented based on the severity of the event. It also lists
the crisis management team and internal and external parties to
be contacted to ensure effective distribution of information.
We rely upon the short-term and long-term debt capital markets
to fund a significant portion of our
day-to-day
operations. The cost and availability of debt financing is
influenced by our credit ratings. Credit ratings are important
when we are competing in certain markets and when we seek to
engage in longer term transactions, including OTC derivatives.
We believe our credit ratings are primarily based on the credit
rating agencies assessment of our liquidity, market,
credit and operational risk management practices, the level and
variability of our earnings, our capital base, our franchise,
reputation and management, our corporate governance and the
external operating environment. See Risk Factors in
Part I, Item 1A of the Annual Report on
Form 10-K
for a discussion of the risks associated with a reduction in our
credit ratings.
The following table sets forth our unsecured credit ratings as
of February 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Short-Term
Debt
|
|
Long-Term
Debt
|
|
Subordinated
Debt
|
|
Preferred
Stock
|
|
Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited
|
|
R-1 (middle)
|
|
AA (low)
|
|
Not Applicable
|
|
Not Applicable
|
Fitch, Inc.
|
|
F1+
|
|
AA
|
|
A+
|
|
A+
|
Moodys Investors Service
|
|
P-1
|
|
Aa3
|
|
A1
|
|
A2
|
Standard & Poors
|
|
A-1+
|
|
AA
|
|
A+
|
|
A
|
Rating and Investment Information,
Inc
|
|
a-1+
|
|
AA
|
|
Not Applicable
|
|
Not Applicable
|
As of February 2007, collateral or termination payments
pursuant to bilateral agreements with certain counterparties of
approximately $607 million would have been required in the
event of a
one-notch
reduction in our long-term credit ratings. In evaluating our
liquidity requirements, we consider additional collateral or
termination payments that would be required in the event of a
two-notch
downgrade in our long-term credit ratings, as well as collateral
that has not been called by counterparties, but is available to
them.
As a global financial institution, our cash flows are complex
and interrelated and bear little relation to our net earnings
and net assets and, consequently, we believe that traditional
cash flow analysis is less meaningful in evaluating our
liquidity position than the excess liquidity and
asset-liability
management policies described above. Cash flow analysis may,
however, be helpful in highlighting certain macro trends and
strategic initiatives in our business.
Three Months Ended February 2007. Our
cash and cash equivalents increased by $594 million to
$6.89 billion at the end of the first quarter of 2007. We
raised $15.04 billion in net cash from financing
activities, primarily in unsecured long-term borrowings,
partially offset by common stock repurchases. We used net cash
of $14.45 billion in our operating and investing
activities, primarily to capitalize on trading and investing
opportunities for our clients and ourselves.
92
Three Months Ended February 2006. Our
cash and cash equivalents decreased by $3.69 billion to
$6.57 billion at the end of the first quarter of 2006. We
raised $16.87 billion in net cash from financing
activities, primarily in unsecured long-term borrowings, in
light of the favorable debt financing environment, partially
offset by common stock repurchases. We used net cash of
$20.56 billion in our operating and investing activities,
primarily to capitalize on trading and investing opportunities
for our clients and ourselves.
Recent Accounting
Developments
EITF Issue
No. 04-5. In
June 2005, the EITF reached consensus on Issue
No. 04-5,
Determining Whether a General Partner, or the General
Partners as a Group, Controls a Limited Partnership or Similar
Entity When the Limited Partners Have Certain Rights,
which requires general partners to consolidate their
partnerships or to provide limited partners with rights to
remove the general partner or to terminate the partnership.
Goldman Sachs, as the general partner of numerous merchant
banking and asset management partnerships, was required to adopt
the provisions of EITF Issue
No. 04-5
(i) immediately for partnerships formed or modified after
June 29, 2005 and (ii) in the first quarter of
2007 for partnerships formed on or before
June 29, 2005 that have not been modified. We have
generally provided limited partners in these funds with rights
to remove Goldman Sachs as the general partner or to terminate
the partnerships. Therefore, the adoption of EITF Issue
No. 04-5
did not have a material effect on our financial condition,
results of operations or cash flows in 2006 or in the first
quarter of 2007.
FIN No. 48. In June 2006, the
FASB issued FIN No. 48, Accounting for
Uncertainty in Income Taxes an Interpretation
of FASB Statement No. 109. FIN No. 48
requires that we determine whether a tax position is more likely
than not to be sustained upon examination, including resolution
of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the
technical merits of the position. Once it is determined that a
position meets this recognition threshold, the position is
measured to determine the amount of benefit to be recognized in
the financial statements. We expect to adopt the provisions of
FIN No. 48 beginning in the first quarter of 2008. We
do not expect that the adoption of FIN No. 48 will
have a material effect on our financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
SFAS No. 157. In
September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 157,
Fair Value Measurements. SFAS No. 157
clarifies that fair value is an exit price, representing the
amount that would be received to sell an asset or paid to
transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market
participants. Under SFAS No. 157, fair value
measurements are not adjusted for transaction costs.
SFAS No. 157 nullifies the guidance included in EITF
Issue
No. 02-3,
Issues Involved in Accounting for Derivative Contracts
Held for Trading Purposes and Contracts Involved in Energy
Trading and Risk Management Activities, that prohibited
the recognition of a day one gain or loss on derivative
contracts (and hybrid financial instruments measured at fair
value under SFAS No. 155) where we were unable to
verify all of the significant model inputs to observable market
data and/or
verify the model to market transactions. However,
SFAS No. 157 requires that a fair value measurement
reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing
an asset or liability based on the best information available.
Assumptions include the risks inherent in a particular valuation
technique (such as a pricing model)
and/or the
risks inherent in the inputs to the model.
In addition, SFAS No. 157 prohibits the recognition of
block discounts for large holdings of unrestricted
financial instruments where quoted prices are readily and
regularly available for an identical asset or liability in an
active market.
The provisions of SFAS No. 157 are to be applied
prospectively, except changes in fair value measurements that
result from the initial application of SFAS No. 157 to
existing derivative financial instruments measured under EITF
Issue
No. 02-3,
existing hybrid financial instruments measured at fair value and
block discounts, all of which are to be recorded as an
adjustment to beginning retained earnings in the year of
adoption.
93
We adopted SFAS No. 157 as of the beginning of 2007.
The transition adjustment to beginning retained earnings was a
gain of $51 million, net of tax. The effect of the
nullification of EITF Issue
No. 02-3
and the removal of liquidity discounts for actively traded
positions was not material for the first quarter of 2007. In
addition, under SFAS No. 157, gains on principal
investments should be recorded in the absence of substantial
third-party transactions if market evidence is sufficient. We
recorded approximately $500 million of such gains as a
result of adopting SFAS No. 157 in the first quarter
of 2007.
SFAS No. 158. In
September 2006, the FASB issued SFAS No. 158,
Employers Accounting for Defined Benefit Pension and
Other Postretirement Plans, an amendment of FASB Statements
No. 87, 88, 106 and 132-R. SFAS No. 158
requires an entity to recognize in its statement of financial
condition the funded status of its defined benefit pension and
postretirement plans, measured as the difference between the
fair value of the plan assets and the benefit obligation.
SFAS No. 158 also requires an entity to recognize
changes in the funded status of a defined benefit pension and
postretirement plan within accumulated other comprehensive
income, net of tax, to the extent such changes are not
recognized in earnings as components of periodic net benefit
cost. SFAS No. 158 is effective as of the end of the
fiscal year ending after December 15, 2006. We will
adopt SFAS No. 158 as of the end of 2007. We do not
expect that the adoption of SFAS No. 158 will have a
material effect on our financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
SFAS No. 159. On
February 15, 2007, the FASB issued
SFAS No. 159, The Fair Value Option for
Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities, which gives
entities the option to measure eligible financial assets,
financial liabilities and firm commitments at fair value (i.e.,
the fair value option), on an
instrument-by-instrument
basis, that are otherwise not permitted to be accounted for at
fair value under other accounting standards. The election to use
the fair value option is available when an entity first
recognizes a financial asset or financial liability or upon
entering into a firm commitment. Subsequent changes in fair
value must be recorded in earnings. Additionally,
SFAS No. 159 allows for a one-time election for
existing positions upon adoption, with the transition adjustment
recorded to beginning retained earnings.
We adopted SFAS No. 159 as of the beginning of 2007
and elected to apply the fair value option to the following
financial assets and liabilities existing at the time of
adoption:
|
|
|
|
|
certain unsecured short-term borrowings, consisting of all
promissory notes and commercial paper;
|
|
|
|
certain other secured financings;
|
|
|
|
certain unsecured long-term borrowings, including those
resulting from prepaid physical commodity transactions;
|
|
|
|
resale and repurchase agreements;
|
|
|
|
securities borrowed and loaned related to our financing and
matched book activities; and
|
|
|
|
securities held by our bank subsidiary (previously accounted for
as
available-for-sale).
|
The primary reasons for electing the fair value option were
mitigating volatility in earnings from using different
measurement attributes, simplification and cost-benefit
considerations. The transition adjustment to beginning retained
earnings related to the adoption of SFAS No. 159 was a
loss of $45 million, net of tax, substantially all of which
related to applying the fair value option to prepaid physical
commodity transactions. The effect of SFAS No. 159 was
not material to our financial condition, results of operations
or cash flows for the first quarter of 2007.
94
Cautionary
Statement Pursuant to the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995
We have included in Parts I and II of this Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q,
and from time to time our management may make, statements which
may constitute forward-looking statements within the
meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities
Litigation Reform Act of 1995. These forward-looking statements
are not historical facts but instead represent only our belief
regarding future events, many of which, by their nature, are
inherently uncertain and outside our control. It is possible
that our actual results may differ, possibly materially, from
the anticipated results indicated in these forward-looking
statements. Important factors that could cause actual results to
differ from those in our specific forward-looking statements
include, but are not limited to, those discussed under
Risk Factors in Part I, Item 1A of the
Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
Statements about our investment banking transaction backlog also
may constitute
forward-looking
statements. Such statements are subject to the risk that the
terms of these transactions may be modified or that they may not
be completed at all; therefore, the net revenues that we expect
to earn from these transactions may differ, possibly materially,
from those currently expected. Important factors that could
result in a modification of the terms of a transaction or a
transaction not being completed include, in the case of
underwriting transactions, a decline in general economic
conditions, volatility in the securities markets generally or an
adverse development with respect to the issuer of the securities
and, in the case of financial advisory transactions, a decline
in the securities markets, an adverse development with respect
to a party to the transaction or a failure to obtain a required
regulatory approval. Other important factors that could
adversely affect our investment banking transactions are
described under Risk Factors in Part I,
Item 1A of the Annual Report on
Form 10-K.
95
Item 3: Quantitative
and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk are
set forth under Managements Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations Market Risk in Part I,
Item 2 above.
Item 4: Controls
and Procedures
As of the end of the period covered by this report, an
evaluation was carried out by Goldman Sachs management,
with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief
Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of our disclosure
controls and procedures (as defined in
Rule 13a-15(e)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based upon that
evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial
Officer concluded that these disclosure controls and procedures
were effective as of the end of the period covered by this
report. In addition, no change in our internal control over
financial reporting (as defined in
Rule 13a-15(f)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) occurred during
our most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or
is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control
over financial reporting.
96
PART II:
OTHER INFORMATION
Item 1: Legal
Proceedings
The following supplements and amends our discussion set forth
under Item 3 Legal Proceedings in our Annual
Report on
Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended November 24, 2006.
Research
Independence Matters
In the class action relating to coverage of RSL Communications,
Inc., by an order dated January 26, 2007, the
U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit reversed the
district courts class certification order and remanded for
reconsideration in light of the Second Circuits ruling
relating to the certification decision in the action described
under IPO Process Matters.
In the lawsuit alleging that The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and
Goldman, Sachs & Co. violated the federal securities
laws in connection with the firms research activities,
plaintiffs moved for class certification on
February 21, 2007.
Short-Selling
Litigation
Defendants moved to dismiss the complaint on
March 15, 2007.
General American
Litigation
On February 13, 2007, the liquidators of General
American Mutual Holding Corporation amended a pre-existing
complaint pending in Missouri Circuit Court against one of the
companys former officers to assert new claims against The
Goldman Sachs Group, Inc. and Goldman, Sachs & Co. The
amended complaint asserts that the Goldman Sachs defendants
breached certain duties and violated Missouri law in the course
of acting as the companys financial advisor during
1998-1999 in
connection with the exploration of a potential demutualization
and initial public offering, and the ensuing sale of certain
company assets. The complaint seeks compensatory and punitive
damages.
Executive
Compensation Litigation
On March 16, 2007, The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc., its
board of directors, executive officers and members of its
management committee were named as defendants in a purported
shareholder derivative action in the U.S. District Court
for the Eastern District of New York challenging the sufficiency
of the firms February 21, 2007 Proxy Statement
and the compensation of certain employees. The complaint
generally alleges that the Proxy Statement undervalues stock
option awards disclosed therein, that the recipients received
excessive awards because the proper methodology was not
followed, and that the firms senior management received
excessive compensation, constituting corporate waste. The
complaint seeks, among other things, an injunction against the
2007 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, the voiding of any election
of directors in the absence of an injunction and an equitable
accounting for the allegedly excessive compensation.
Owens Corning
Bondholder Litigation
On March 28, 2007, the parties entered into a global
stipulation definitively documenting the settlement, which
remains subject to court approval.
97
Item 2: Unregistered
Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds
The table below sets forth the information with respect to
purchases made by or on behalf of The Goldman Sachs Group, Inc.
or any affiliated purchaser (as defined in
Rule 10b-18(a)(3)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of our common
stock during the three months ended February 23, 2007.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total Number
of
|
|
Maximum Number
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
Shares
Purchased
|
|
of Shares That
May
|
|
|
Total Number
|
|
Price
|
|
as Part of
Publicly
|
|
Yet Be
Purchased
|
|
|
of Shares
|
|
Paid per
|
|
Announced Plans
|
|
Under the Plans
or
|
Period
|
|
Purchased
|
|
Share
|
|
or
Programs (2)
|
|
Programs (2)
|
|
Month #1
|
|
|
3,594,000
|
|
|
$
|
200.70
|
|
|
|
3,594,000
|
|
|
|
48,974,913
|
|
(November 25, 2006 to
December 29, 2006) (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Month #2
|
|
|
9,084,300
|
|
|
$
|
209.64
|
|
|
|
9,084,300
|
|
|
|
39,890,613
|
|
(December 30, 2006 to
January 26, 2007)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Month #3
|
|
|
291,657
|
|
|
$
|
213.74
|
|
|
|
291,657
|
|
|
|
39,598,956
|
|
(January 27, 2007 to
February 23, 2007) (1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total (1)
|
|
|
12,969,957
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,969,957
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Goldman Sachs generally does not repurchase shares of its common
stock as part of the repurchase program during self-imposed
black-out periods, which run from the last two weeks
of a fiscal quarter through the date of the earnings release for
such quarter.
|
|
|
(2)
|
On March 21, 2000, we announced that our Board of
Directors had approved a repurchase program, pursuant to which
up to 15 million shares of our common stock may be
repurchased. This repurchase program was increased by an
aggregate of 220 million shares by resolutions of our Board
of Directors adopted on June 18, 2001,
March 18, 2002, November 20, 2002,
January 30, 2004, January 25, 2005,
September 16, 2005 and September 11, 2006.
The repurchase program is intended to maintain our total
shareholders equity at appropriate levels and to
substantially offset increases in share count over time
resulting from employee share-based compensation. The repurchase
program has been effected primarily through regular open-market
purchases and is influenced by, among other factors, the level
of our common shareholders equity, our overall capital
position,
share-based
awards and exercises of employee stock options, the prevailing
market price of our common stock and general market conditions.
The total remaining authorization under the repurchase program
was 36,407,556 shares as of March 23, 2007; the
repurchase program has no set expiration or termination date.
|
98
Item 6: Exhibits
Exhibits:
|
|
12.1
|
Statement re: Computation of ratios of earnings to fixed charges
and ratios of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred
stock dividends.
|
|
15.1
|
Letter re: Unaudited Interim Financial Information.
|
|
31.1
|
Rule 13a-14(a)
Certifications.
|
|
32.1
|
Section 1350 Certifications.
|
99
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
THE GOLDMAN SACHS GROUP, INC.
Name: David A. Viniar
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
Name: Sarah E. Smith
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Principal Accounting Officer
|
Date:
April 3, 2007
100